2012 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents ...... 8-5 Vehicle Features ...... 1-18 Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Maintenance ...... 8-6 Performance and Maintenance ...... 1-24 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating ...... 9-21 Windows ...... 2-1 Indicators ...... 5-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Information Displays ...... 5-24 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-29 Doors ...... 2-9 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-27 Drive Systems ...... 9-33 Vehicle Security...... 2-13 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-34 Brakes ...... 9-33 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-15 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-35 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-17 Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Windows ...... 2-18 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-41 Roof ...... 2-21 Interior Lighting ...... 6-4 Fuel ...... 9-51 Lighting Features ...... 6-5 Towing...... 9-56 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-63 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Introduction ...... 7-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Radio ...... 7-14 General Information ...... 10-2 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Audio Players ...... 7-24 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Airbag System ...... 3-21 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-34 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Child Restraints ...... 3-35 Phone ...... 7-36 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Trademarks and License Electrical System ...... 10-36 Agreements ...... 7-49 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-42 Information Provided by: Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2012 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

Jump Starting ...... 10-74 OnStar ...... 14-1 Towing...... 10-77 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-81 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 OnStar Additional Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information ...... 14-5 General Information ...... 11-1 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Index ...... i-1 Special Application Services ...... 11-8 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-9 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-14 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-15

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for EQUINOX are trademarks and/or P.O. Box 07130 Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Detroit, MI 48207 service marks of General Motors appears in this manual. LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, 1-800-551-4123 or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numéro de poste 6438 de langue quick reference. française www.helminc.com

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses Here are some additional symbols 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam that may be found on the vehicle Changer and what they mean. For more j information on the symbol, refer to : LATCH System Child the Index. Restraints * 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : # : Air Conditioning : Oil Pressure J ® ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : OnStar } $ : Brake System Warning Light : Power / " : Charging System : Remote Vehicle Start > I : Cruise Control : Safety Belt Reminders B : Engine Coolant Temperature % : Steering Wheel Controls O : Exterior Lamps 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d ® # : Fog Lamps : Traction Control/Stabilitrak . : Fuel Gauge M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Climate Controls ...... 1-16 Performance and Maintenance In Brief Parking Brake ...... 1-17 Traction Control Transmission ...... 1-18 System (TCS) ...... 1-24 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-25 Instrument Panel Vehicle Features Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-25 Radio(s) ...... 1-18 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-26 Initial Drive Information Satellite Radio ...... 1-20 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-26 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-20 Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Bluetooth® ...... 1-20 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Economy ...... 1-26 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-20 Roadside Assistance System ...... 1-4 Cruise Control ...... 1-21 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Program ...... 1-27 Navigation System ...... 1-21 OnStar® ...... 1-27 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Driver Information Liftgate ...... 1-6 Center (DIC) ...... 1-22 Windows ...... 1-7 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Seat Adjustment ...... 1-8 System ...... 1-22 Memory Features ...... 1-10 Lane Departure Heated Seats ...... 1-11 Warning (LDW) ...... 1-23 Head Restraint Rear Vision Adjustment ...... 1-11 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-23 Safety Belts ...... 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-24 Passenger Sensing Roof Rack System ...... 1-24 System ...... 1-12 Power Outlets ...... 1-24 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-13 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 1-13 Interior Lighting ...... 1-14 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-14 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-15

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑5. G. Navigation Screen P. Steering Wheel Controls on (If Equipped). page 5 2. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change H. Safety Locks on page 2‑8. Q. Ignition Positions on page 9‑21. Signals on page 6 3. ‑ I. Infotainment on page 7‑1. R. Climate Control Systems on Exterior Lamp Controls on Navigation System page 8‑1 (If Equipped). page 6‑1. (If Equipped). See Navigation Automatic Climate Control Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 System Manual. System on page 8‑3 (If Equipped). J. Hood Release. See Hood on (If Equipped). C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. page 10‑5. S. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on K. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out Park on page 9‑26. page 5‑3. of View). See Malfunction T. Fuel Economy Mode on Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Indicator Lamp on page 5‑15. page 9‑32 (If Equipped). page 5‑5. L. Cruise Control on page 9‑38 U. StabiliTrak® System on Cruise Control . page 9 37. E. Power Door Locks on page 2‑7. ‑ F. Instrument Panel Storage on Forward Collision Alert (FCA) V. Power Outlets on page 5‑7. System on page 9 41 page 4‑1 (If Equipped). ‑ W. CD Player on page 7‑24. (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) X. Driver Information Center Display (If Equipped). See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Buttons (If Equipped). See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) on page 9‑48 (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) System on page 9‑41. M. Instrument Panel Illumination on page 5‑24. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Control on page 6‑4. Y. Hazard Warning Flashers on Indicator (If Equipped). See N. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 6‑3. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) page 5‑2. on page 9‑48. O. Horn on page 5 3. Information Provided by:Provided Information ‑ Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. Information V : For vehicles with the power This section provides a brief liftgate, press and hold until the overview about some of the liftgate begins to move to open the important features that may or may liftgate. not be on your specific vehicle. For vehicles without the power For more detailed information, refer liftgate, first press K, then press to each of the features which can be and hold to unlock the liftgate. found later in this owner manual. V 7 : Press and release to locate the Remote Keyless Entry vehicle. Press and hold for at least Press this button to extend the key. two seconds to sound the panic (RKE) System The key can be used for the ignition alarm. Press 7 again to cancel the and all locks. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) panic alarm. transmitter will work up to K : Press to unlock the driver door 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. or all doors. See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Q : Press to lock all doors. Operation on page 2‑3.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start, do one of To lock or unlock the vehicle from started from outside of the vehicle. the following: the outside, press Q or K on the Starting the Vehicle . Press / until the parking lamps Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) turn off. transmitter. 1. Press and release on the Q . Remote Keyless Entry Turn on the hazard warning flashers. transmitter. / . Insert the key and turn it to ON/ 2. Press and hold for about RUN and then back to two seconds. The turn signal LOCK/OFF. lamps will briefly flash to confirm the vehicle has been started. See Remote Vehicle Start on The parking lamps will turn on page 2‑5. and remain on as long as the engine is running. The vehicle's doors will be locked. 3. The key must be inserted and Base Radio Shown, Uplevel turned to ON/RUN before Similar driving. The engine will shut off after There is a power door lock switch 10 minutes unless a time extension on the instrument panel. is done or the key is inserted and turned to ON/RUN.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation Unlock the vehicle before opening the liftgate. Press the touchpad located in the handle of the liftgate, above the license plate, and lift up to open. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. There are power door lock switches Base Radio Shown, Uplevel on the front door panels. Similar Q : Press to lock the doors. { : Press for Safety Locks. See Safety Locks on page 2‑8. K : Press to unlock the doors. See Door Locks on page 2‑7. To manually unlock a door from inside the vehicle, pull once on the door handle to unlock it, and a second time to open it.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Power Liftgate Operation Notice: If you open the liftgate Windows without checking for overhead obstructions such as a garage door, you could damage the liftgate or the liftgate glass. Always check to make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it. Choose the power liftgate mode by turning the dial on the switch to either the 3/4 or MAX position. Press the button to open or close the liftgate. See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑9 On vehicles with a power liftgate, or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑10. Press the front of the switch to lower the switch is on the overhead the window. Pull the switch up to console. The vehicle must be in raise it. P (Park) to use the power feature. Pushing or pulling the switch part of The taillamps flash when the power the way will open or close the liftgate moves. window as long as the switch is operated. See Power Windows on page 2‑19.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Seat Adjustment . Raise or lower the entire seat by . Raise or lower the front or rear moving the control (B) up part of the seat cushion by Four‐Way Power Driver Seat or down. moving the front or rear of the See Power Seat Adjustment on control up or down. page 3‑4 for more information. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up Eight‐Way Power Driver Seat or down. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more information.

A. Seat Position Handle B. Height Adjustment Control To adjust the seat: . Move the seat forward or To adjust a power seat, if equipped: rearward using the handle under . Move the seat forward or the front of the seat cushion (A). rearward by sliding the control See Seat Adjustment on forward or rearward. page 3‑3.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright position: Manual Reclining Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, Four-Way Similar A. Lumbar Switch To recline a manual seatback: If available, press and hold the front 1. Lift the lever. or rear of the switch (A) to increase 2. Move the seatback to the or decrease lumbar support. desired position, and then Release the switch when the release the lever to lock the seatback reaches the desired level seatback in place. of lumbar support. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to See Lumbar Adjustment on make sure it is locked. page 3‑5 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features turned off. These automatically stored positions are referred to as RKE Memory positions. Storing Button Memory Positions To save positions into Button Memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback recliner, and both outside mirrors to the desired driving positions. 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) and “1” at the same time until a beep sounds. To adjust a power seatback, 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a On vehicles with the memory second driver using “2.” if available: feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on . Tilt the top of the control the outboard side of the driver seat To recall the manually saved Button rearward to recline. are used to manually save and Memory positions, press and hold recall the driver seat and outside “1” or “2.” The driver seat and . Tilt the top of the control forward mirror positions. These manually outside mirrors move to the to raise. stored positions are referred to as positions stored to those buttons See Reclining Seatbacks on Button Memory positions. when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” page 3‑5. before the stored positions are The vehicle will also automatically reached stops the recall. save driver seat and outside mirror positions to the current driver Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

To automatically recall RKE Memory Heated Seats Head Restraint positions, unlock the driver door with the RKE transmitter and open Adjustment the driver door. If the driver door is Do not drive until the head restraints already open, pressing the RKE for all occupants are installed and transmitter K button will also adjusted properly. activate the RKE Memory recall. To achieve a comfortable seating The driver seat and outside mirrors position, change the seatback will move to the previously saved recline angle as little as necessary RKE Memory positions. while keeping the seat and the head See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 for restraint height in the proper more information. position. Easy Exit Driver Seat For more information see Head Restraints on page 3 2 and Seat This feature moves the seat Uplevel Climate Control System ‑ Adjustment on page 3 3. rearward allowing the driver more Shown, Base Similar ‑ room to exit the vehicle. If available, the buttons are near the To activate, turn the ignition off and climate controls. To operate, the open the driver door. If the driver ignition must be in ON/RUN. door is already open, turning the Press z or J to heat the driver or ignition off will activate the easy exit passenger seat cushion and driver seat. seatback. This feature can be turned on or off Indicator lights on the button show using the vehicle personalization the temperature setting. menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under Vehicle Personalization on See Heated Front Seats on page 5‑34 for more information. page 3‑9. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger System frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐mounted side impact airbags, and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the United States overhead console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑28 for more information.

Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly: Canada . Safety Belts on page 3‑12. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑13. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑15. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑43.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Mirror Adjustment Interior Steering Wheel Exterior Manual inside rearview mirrors can Adjustment be adjusted by holding in the center to move the mirror for a clearer view of behind the vehicle. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you. Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use. See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2‑17. Vehicles with an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror can automatically reduce the glare from the headlamps of the vehicle behind To adjust the mirrors: you. The dimming feature comes on To adjust the steering wheel: and the indicator light comes on 1. Pull the lever (A) down. 1. Move the selector switch to each time the vehicle is started. L (left) or R (right) to choose the 2. Move the steering wheel up driver or passenger mirror. See Automatic Dimming Rearview or down. Mirror on page 2‑18. 2. Press the arrows on the control 3. Pull or push the steering wheel pad to move each mirror in the closer or away from you. desired direction. 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the 3. Return the selector switch to the steering wheel in place. middle position. Do not adjust the steering wheel See Power Mirrors on page 2‑15. while driving. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Interior Lighting + : Turns the dome lamps on. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, together with the sidemarker lamps, Reading Lamps The dome lamps can also be turned on and off by pressing the buttons taillamps, license plate lamps, and These lamps are located on the next to the lamps. instrument panel lights. overhead console. These lamps 5 : Turns on the headlamps, come on automatically when any For more information on interior lighting, See Instrument Panel together with the parking lamps, door is opened. sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license Illumination Control on page 6‑4. For manual operation, press the plate lamps, and instrument panel button next to each lamp to turn it Exterior Lighting lights. on or off. For more information, see: Center Dome Lamps . Exterior Lamp Controls on There are front and rear dome page 6‑1. lamps. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) The dome lamp controls are located on page 6‑2. in the overhead console. To change . Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. the settings, press the following: * The exterior lamp control is located : Turns the lamp off, even when on the turn signal/lane change lever. a door is open. 1 O : Turn to operate the exterior : The lamps come on lamps. automatically when a door is opened. O : Turns the exterior lamps off. AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically depending on the exterior light.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Windshield Wiper/Washer Rear Window Wiper/Washer The rear wiper controls are on the end of the windshield wiper lever.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move The windshield wiper/washer lever the wiper lever down. For several is located on the right side of the wipes, hold the wiper lever down. steering column. With the ignition in n L FRONT (Windshield ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ Washer): Pull the windshield wiper ON: Press the upper portion of the START, move the windshield wiper lever toward you to spray windshield button for continuous rear window lever to select the wiper speed. washer fluid and activate the wipers. wipes. HI: Use for fast wipes. OFF: The rear wiper turns off when the button is returned to the middle LO: Use for slow wipes. position. INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): the lever up to INT for intermittent 3 Press the lower portion of the button wipes, then turn the INT band to set a delay between wipes. up for more frequent wipes or down = for less frequent wipes. m REAR : Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/ Washer on page 5‑5. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Climate Controls The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled with these systems.

Climate Control System E. Front Defrost A. Fan Control F. Rear Window Defogger B. Air Delivery Mode Controls G. Recirculation C. Temperature Control H. Air Conditioning D. Outside Air

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake

To set the parking brake, hold the A. Fan Control H. Driver and Passenger Heated regular brake pedal down, then push the parking brake pedal down. B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Seats I. Rear Window Defogger If the ignition is on, the brake C. Air Delivery Mode Controls system warning light will come on. J. Air Conditioning D. Front Defrost See Brake System Warning Light on E. Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on page 5‑17. page 8‑1 (If Equipped) or Automatic F. Temperature Control To release the parking brake, hold Climate Control System on page 8‑3 the regular brake pedal down, then (If Equipped). G. Power push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel the pedal release. Slowly pull your foot up off the park brake pedal.

Information Provided by:Provided Information See Parking Brake on page 9‑34. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Transmission Fuel Economy Mode Vehicle Features Electronic Range Select Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a (ERS) Mode Fuel Economy Mode. When Radio(s) engaged, fuel economy mode can ERS or manual mode allows for the improve the vehicle's fuel economy. VOL/ O : Press to turn the system selection of the range of gear on and off. Turn to increase or positions. Use this mode when decrease the volume. driving down hill or towing a trailer RADIO/BAND or SOURCE: Press to limit the top gear and vehicle to choose between FM, AM, XM™, speed. if equipped, CD, or AUX. To use this feature: MENU/SEL: Turn to select radio 1. Move the shift lever to stations. M (Manual Mode). Press to show available information 2. Press the plus/minus button on about the current station or track. the shift lever, to increase or D : Press to go to the main menu. decrease the gear range available. g SEEK: Press to seek the previous station or track. See Manual Mode on page 9‑31 for Press the “eco” (economy) button by more information. the shift lever to turn this feature on l SEEK: Press to seek the next or off. The “eco” light in the station or track. instrument cluster will come on Buttons 1 ‐ 6: Press to save and when engaged, and a Driver select favorite stations Information Center (DIC) message “ECO MODE ON” displays. See For more information about these Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑32. and other radio features, see Operation on page 7‑10.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

For more information about the Rear Turning the Digital Clock On or Off Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Seat Audio (RSA) System, see Rear 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. Seat Audio (RSA) System on page 7‑34. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Storing a Favorite Station 3. Select Clock Displayed. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. Stations from all bands can be 4. Press the MENU/SEL button to 4. Press the MENU/SEL button to stored in the favorite lists in any turn the clock on or off. select the 12 hour or 24 hour display format. order. Up to six stations can be Setting the Time and Date stored in each favorite page and the Setting the Month & Day Format number of available favorite pages 1. Press the CONFIG button. can be set. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press the CONFIG button. To store the station to a position in 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. the list, press the corresponding 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. numeric button 1-6 until the station adjust the highlighted value. 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to can be heard again. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to select MM/DD (month/day) or For more information, see “Storing select the next value. DD/MM (day/month). and Retrieving Favorites” in AM-FM Setting the Auto Time Adjust Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14 6. To save the time or date and or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. E Touchscreen) on page 7‑16. Settings menu, press the 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Setting the Clock BACK button at any time or press the MENU/SEL knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. The vehicle has a digital and an adjusting the minutes or year. 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to analog clock. turn Auto Time Adjust on or off. For detailed instructions on setting either clock, see Clock on page 5‑6. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑36 or Bluetooth Vehicles with an XM™ satellite radio Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm (Infotainment Controls) on tuner and a valid XM satellite radio (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice subscription can receive XM port located in the center console. Recognition) on page 7‑42. programming. External devices such as iPods®, laptop computers, MP3 players, CD Steering Wheel Controls XM Satellite Radio Service changers, and USB storage devices XM is a satellite radio service based may be connected, depending on in the 48 contiguous United States the audio system. and 10 Canadian provinces. XM For more information, see Auxiliary satellite radio has a wide variety of Devices on page 7‑28. programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in Bluetooth® digital-quality sound. A fee is required to receive the XM service. The Bluetooth system allows users with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone For more information refer to: to make and receive hands-free . www.xmradio.com or call calls using the vehicle audio system 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). and controls. . www.xmradio.ca or call The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). must be paired with the in-vehicle Some audio steering wheel controls Bluetooth system before it can be can be adjusted at the steering For more information, see Satellite wheel. Radio on page 7‑19. used in the vehicle. Not all phones will support all functions. b / g : Press to interact with the available Bluetooth or OnStar systems.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

$ / c : Press to silence the Cruise Control SET/− : Move the thumbwheel vehicle speakers only. Press again down toward SET/- to set a speed to turn the sound on. For vehicles and activate cruise control, or to with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, make the vehicle decelerate. press to reject an incoming call, See Cruise Control on page 9‑38. or end a current call. _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio Navigation System source. If the vehicle has a navigation Toggle up or down to select the next system, there is a separate or previous favorite radio station, navigation system manual that CD, or MP3 track. includes information on the radio, x audio players, and navigation + −: Press + to increase the system. volume; press − to decrease the volume. The navigation system provides detailed maps of most major For more information, see Steering ON/OFF5 CRUISE : Press to turn the cruise control system on and off. freeways and roads. After a Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. destination has been set, the * CANCEL : Press to disengage system provides turn-by-turn cruise control without erasing the instructions for reaching the set speed from memory. destination. In addition, the system RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to can help locate a variety of points of make the vehicle resume to a interest (POIs), such as banks, previously set speed or to airports, restaurants, and more. accelerate. See the navigation system manual for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Driver Information MENU: Press this button to get to Forward Collision Alert the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle Center (DIC) Information Menu. (FCA) System The DIC display is located in the Q or R : Use these buttons to For vehicles with FCA, this system center of the instrument panel scroll through the items in each is intended to help avoid or reduce cluster. It shows the status of many menu. A small marker will move the harm caused by front-end vehicle systems. along the page as you scroll through crashes. FCA provides a flashing the items. This shows where each visual alert and beeps when page is in the menu. approaching a vehicle directly ahead too quickly. FCA also SET/CLR: Use this button to set or provides a visual alert if following clear the menu item when it is another vehicle much too closely. displayed. The forward-looking FCA camera For more information, see Driver sensor is on the windshield ahead Information Center (DIC) on of the rearview mirror. FCA detects page 5‑24. vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) The DIC buttons are located below System on page 9‑41 for more the climate control system. information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Lane Departure Rear Vision Warning (LDW) Camera (RVC) For vehicles with LDW, it is intended If available, the rear vision camera to help avoid unintentional lane displays a view of the area behind departures. It may provide a the vehicle when the vehicle is warning if the vehicle is crossing a shifted into R (Reverse). The lane without using a turn signal. display will appear on the radio LDW uses a camera sensor to screen. detect the lane markings. It only To clean the camera lens, located operates at speeds of 56 km above the license plate, rinse it with (35 mph) or greater. water and wipe it with a soft cloth. The LDW indicator, @, appears To turn LDW on and off, press the See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on green if a lane marking is detected. LANE DEPART button, located on page 9‑45. It changes to amber, flashes, and the steering wheel. sounds three chimes if the vehicle See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) crosses a detected lane marking on page 9‑48 for more information. without using the turn signal.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

Ultrasonic Parking Assist When the roof rack is not in use, Performance and lock one cross rail at the furthest If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking forward position and lock the other Maintenance Assist (URPA) system uses sensors cross rail at the furthest rearward on the rear bumper to assist with position to reduce wind noise. See Traction Control parking and avoiding objects while Roof Rack System on page 4‑2. in R (Reverse). It operates at System (TCS) speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). Power Outlets The traction control system limits URPA uses audible beeps to wheel spin. The system is on when provide distance and system The accessory power outlets can be the vehicle is started. information. used to connect electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or . To turn off traction control, press Keep the sensors on the vehicle's MP3 player. and release located on the rear bumper clean to ensure proper g operation. There are four accessory power console. i illuminates and the outlets in the following locations: appropriate DIC message See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on below the CD slot, inside the center displays. See Vehicle Messages page 9‑43 for more information. console storage, on the rear of the on page 5‑27. center console storage, and in the . Roof Rack System rear cargo compartment. Press and release g again to turn traction control back on. The roof rack cross rails can be To use the outlets, remove the cover locked in four positions along the and close when not in use. For more information, see Traction roof rack side rails. Lift the lever to Control System (TCS) on release and move the cross rail. See Power Outlets on page 5‑7. page 9‑35. Push the lever down to completely engage into the side rail holes. Slide the cross rails back and forth until the lock pins engage in the holes and a click is heard. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor During cooler conditions, the low tire pressure warning light may appear The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire when the vehicle is first started and directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). then turn off. This may be an early difficult driving conditions. The indicator that the tire pressures are system is on when the vehicle is getting low and the tires need to be started. inflated to the proper pressure. . To turn off both Traction Control The TPMS does not replace normal and StabiliTrak, press and hold monthly tire maintenance. It is the g until g and i illuminate and driver’s responsibility to maintain the appropriate DIC message correct tire pressures. displays. See Vehicle Messages The TPMS warning light alerts you on page 5‑27. to a significant loss in pressure of See Tire Pressure Monitor System one of the vehicle's tires. If the on page 10‑51. . Press g again to turn on both warning light comes on, stop as systems. soon as possible and inflate the For more information, see tires to the recommended pressure StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37. shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16. The warning light will remain on until the tire pressure is corrected.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

Engine Oil Life System 4. Press the SET/CLR button until Driving for Better Fuel 100% is displayed. The engine oil life system calculates Economy 5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. engine oil life based on vehicle use Driving habits can affect fuel and displays the CHANGE ENGINE Or: mileage. Here are some driving tips OIL SOON message when it is time to get the best fuel economy to change the engine oil and filter. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off. possible. The oil life system should be reset to 100% only following an oil 2. Fully press and release the . Avoid fast starts and accelerate change. accelerator pedal three times smoothly. within five seconds. . Resetting the Oil Life System Brake gradually and avoid See Engine Oil Life System on abrupt stops. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, page 10‑12. . with the engine off. Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time. 2. Press the DIC MENU button to Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . display the Vehicle When road and weather Information menu. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge conditions are appropriate, use and a yellow fuel cap can use either cruise control. 3. Press either the up or down unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel . Always follow posted speed arrows to view REMAINING containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). OIL LIFE. limits or drive more slowly when See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on conditions require. page 9‑53. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

. Keep vehicle tires properly Roadside Assistance and OnStar OnStar® inflated. If you have an active OnStar If equipped, this vehicle has a . Combine several trips into a subscription, press the Q button comprehensive, in-vehicle system single trip. and the current GPS location will be that can connect to a live Advisor . Replace the vehicle's tires with sent to an OnStar advisor who will for Emergency, Security, Navigation, the same TPC Spec number assess your problem, contact Connection, and Diagnostic molded into the tire's sidewall Roadside Assistance, and relay Services. See OnStar Overview on near the size. your exact location to get the help page 14‑1 for more information. . Follow recommended scheduled you need. maintenance. Online Owner Center Roadside Assistance The Online Owner Center is a complimentary service that includes Program online service reminders, vehicle U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 maintenance tips, online owner manual, special privileges, TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 and more. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Sign up today at: As the owner of a new Chevrolet, www.chevyownercenter.com you are automatically enrolled in the (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). Roadside Assistance program. See Roadside Assistance Program on page 13‑6 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Exterior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Windows Power Mirrors ...... 2-15 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-16 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 2-16 Keys and Locks Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Keys ...... 2-2 Interior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-17 System ...... 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mirror ...... 2-18 System Operation ...... 2-3 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Windows Door Locks ...... 2-7 Windows ...... 2-18 Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Power Windows ...... 2-19 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Sun Visors ...... 2-20 Doors Roof Liftgate (Manual) ...... 2-9 Sunroof ...... 2-21 Liftgate (Power) ...... 2-10 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 2-13 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-13 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-14

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE or even make the vehicle move. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press The windows will function with the be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to keys in the ignition and children locks. retract the key. could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a new key is window. Do not leave the keys in needed. a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always carry a spare key. If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program on page 13‑6.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

With an active OnStar subscription, . Check the transmitter's battery. an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later unlock the vehicle. See OnStar in this section. Overview on page 14‑1. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your Remote Keyless Entry dealer or a qualified technician (RKE) System for service. See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry page 13‑17 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation Communications Commission (FCC) The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) rules and Industry Canada transmitter will work up to 60 m RKE Without Remote Start Shown Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. (195 ft) away from the vehicle. The following may be available: If there is a decrease in the RKE There are other conditions which operating range: can affect the performance of the Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. The turn signal indicators may flash . transmitter. See Remote Keyless Check the distance. The and/or the horn may sound to transmitter may be too far from Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3. indicate locking. See “Remote the vehicle. Lock Feedback” under Vehicle . Check the location. Other Personalization on page 5‑34. If a vehicles or objects may be passenger door is open when Q is blocking the signal. pressed, all doors lock. If the driver door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock except the driver door. These settings can be modified.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” V (Remote Liftgate Release): Programming Transmitters to under Vehicle Personalization on First press K, then press and hold the Vehicle page 5‑34. V to unlock the liftgate. For Only RKE transmitters programmed Pressing Q may also arm the vehicles with the power liftgate, to this vehicle will work. If a theft-deterrent system. See press and hold V until the liftgate transmitter is lost or stolen, a Anti-theft Alarm System on begins to move to open the liftgate. replacement can be purchased and page 2‑13. 7 programmed through your dealer. (Vehicle Locator/Panic When the replacement transmitter is K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Alarm): Press and release one programmed to this vehicle, all driver door or all doors. See time to locate the vehicle. The remaining transmitters must also be Remote Door Unlock under “ ” exterior lamps flash and the horn reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen Vehicle Personalization on chirps. Press and hold 7 for at least transmitters will no longer work page 5 34. The turn signal ‑ two seconds to sound the panic once the new transmitter is indicators flash to indicate unlocking alarm. The horn sounds and the programmed. has occurred. For more information turn signals flash until 7 is pressed see “Remote Unlock Light Battery Replacement Feedback” under Vehicle again or the key is placed in the Replace the battery if the REPLACE Personalization on page 5‑34. ignition and turned to ON/RUN. K / BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY Pressing may also disarm the (Remote Vehicle Start): For message displays in the DIC. See vehicles with this feature, first press theft-deterrent system. See / “Replace Battery in Remote Key” Anti-theft Alarm System on Q then press and hold to start under Key and Lock Messages on the engine from outside the vehicle page 2‑13. page 5‑30. using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 for additional information. The buttons on the keys are disabled when there is a key in the ignition. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

The battery is not rechargeable. To Vehicles with an automatic climate Starting the Engine Using Remote replace the battery: control system will default to a Start 1. Push the button on the heating or cooling mode depending To start the engine using the remote transmitter to extend the key. on the outside temperature during a start feature: remote start. Once the key is turned 2. Remove the battery cover by to ON/RUN, the system will turn on 1. Press and release Q on the prying with a finger. at the setting the vehicle was last RKE transmitter. set to. If the vehicle has heated 3. Remove the battery by pushing 2. Press and hold / for about on the battery and sliding it seats, they may come on during a remote start. See Heated Front two seconds. The turn signal toward the key blade. lamps will briefly flash to confirm Seats on page 3‑9 for more 4. Insert the new battery, positive information. the vehicle has been started. side facing up. Push the battery The parking lamps will turn on down until it is held in place. Laws in some local communities and remain on as long as the Replace with a CR2032 or may restrict the use of remote engine is running. The vehicle's equivalent battery. starters. For example, some laws doors will be locked. require a person using remote start 5. Snap the battery cover back on to have the vehicle in view. Check 3. The key must be inserted and to the transmitter. local regulations for any turned to ON/RUN before requirements. driving. Remote Vehicle Start There are other conditions which The engine will shut off after The vehicle may have this feature can affect the performance of the 10 minutes unless a time that allows you to start the engine transmitter. See Remote Keyless extension is done or the key is inserted and turned to ON/RUN. from outside the vehicle. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3 for / (Remote Vehicle Start): This additional information. button will be on the RKE transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Extending Engine Run Time Shutting the Engine Off After a . There is an emission control system malfunction. For a 10-minute extension, repeat Remote Start Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is To shut off the engine: . The engine coolant temperature still running. The remote start can is too high. . Press / until the parking lamps be extended once. turn off. . The oil pressure is low. When the remote start is extended, . . Turn on the hazard warning Two remote vehicle starts have the second 10 minutes will start flashers. already been used. immediately. . Insert the key and turn it to ON/ . The vehicle is not in P (Park). For example, if the engine has been RUN and then back to Remote Start Ready running for 5 minutes, and LOCK/OFF. 10 minutes are added, the engine If the vehicle does not have the will run for a total of 15 minutes. Conditions in Which Remote Start remote vehicle start feature, it may Will Not Work A maximum of two remote starts or have the remote start ready feature. remote start attempts are allowed The remote vehicle start feature will This feature allows your dealer to between ignition cycles. not operate if: add the manufacturer's remote vehicle start feature. See your . The key is in the ignition. The vehicle's ignition switch must dealer to add the manufacturer's be turned to ON/RUN and then back . The hood or doors are not remote vehicle start feature to the to LOCK/OFF using the key, before closed. vehicle. the remote start procedure can be used again. . The hazard warning flashers are on.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door Unlocked doors can be when slowing or stopping the dangerous. vehicle. Lock the doors to . Passengers, especially help prevent this from children, can easily open the happening. doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The chance of being To lock or unlock a door from the thrown out of the vehicle in a outside of the vehicle, use the crash is increased if the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) doors are not locked. So, all transmitter. Pull the handle once passengers should wear from the inside to unlock the door, Base Radio Shown, Uplevel safety belts properly and the and a second time to open it. Similar doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is There is a power door lock switch driven. on the instrument panel. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing the power lock switch Safety Locks twice or Q on the RKE transmitter twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all doors. This feature can be programmed. See “Delayed Door Lock” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑34.

There are power door lock switches on the front door panels. Base Radio Shown, Uplevel Q : Press to lock the doors. Similar K : Press to unlock the doors. The rear door safety locks switch is When locking the doors with a on the instrument panel. power door lock switch and a door Rear door safety locks prevent or the liftgate is open, the doors will passengers from opening the rear lock five seconds after the last door doors from inside the vehicle. is closed. Three chimes sound to signal the delayed locking feature is Press { to activate the safety locks. in use. When activated, the LED light in the switch changes to amber. Press { again to deactivate the safety locks. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Doors Unlock the vehicle before opening WARNING (Continued) the liftgate. Liftgate (Manual) . Adjust the Climate Control Press the touchpad located in the system to a setting that handle of the liftgate, above the license plate, and lift up to open. { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Do not press the touchpad while Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate closing the liftgate. This will cause vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index. the liftgate to be unlatched. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with For more information about Always close the liftgate before any objects that pass through the carbon monoxide, see Engine driving. seal between the body and the Exhaust on page 9‑28. trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon Notice: If you open the liftgate monoxide (CO) which cannot be without checking for overhead seen or smelled. It can cause obstructions such as a garage unconsciousness and even death. door, you could damage the If the vehicle must be driven with liftgate or the liftgate glass. the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: Always check to make sure the area above and behind the liftgate . Close all of the windows. is clear before opening it. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Liftgate (Power) WARNING (Continued) { WARNING Power Liftgate Operation . Adjust the Climate Control You or others could be injured if { system to a setting that caught in the path of the power WARNING brings in only outside air and liftgate. Make sure there is no one set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the in the way of the liftgate as it is highest setting. See Climate vehicle if it is driven with the “ opening and closing. Control Systems” in the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass Notice: If you open the liftgate through the seal between the . If the vehicle is equipped with without checking for overhead body and the trunk/hatch or a power liftgate, disable the obstructions such as a garage liftgate. Engine exhaust contains power liftgate function. door, you could damage the carbon monoxide (CO) which For more information about liftgate or the liftgate glass. cannot be seen or smelled. It can carbon monoxide, see Engine Always check to make sure the cause unconsciousness and even Exhaust on page 9‑28. area above and behind the liftgate death. is clear before opening it. If the vehicle must be driven with On vehicles with a power liftgate, The power liftgate has three modes the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: the switch is on the overhead of operation. Mode selection is console. The vehicle must be in controlled by the interior mode . Close all of the windows. P (Park) to use the power feature. switch. . Fully open the air outlets on The taillamps flash when the power or under the instrument liftgate moves. panel. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

mounted cargo during power . Pressing the touchpad switch on operation. The liftgate can still be the liftgate outside handle, with fully opened manually. all doors unlocked, to open the liftgate. OFF: The liftgate only operates manually in this position. Manual operation of a liftgate that also has power operation requires more effort than a standard manual liftgate. In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, the liftgate can be power opened Choose the power liftgate mode by and closed by: turning the dial on the switch until . First pressing K and then the indicator lines up with the desired position. The vehicle must pressing and holding V on the be in P (Park). Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter until the liftgate starts 8 The three modes are: Press and release on the moving. See Remote Keyless liftgate adjacent to the latch to close MAX: The liftgate power opens to Entry (RKE) System Operation the liftgate. the full open height. on page 2‑3. 3/4: The liftgate power opens to a . Pressing the power liftgate reduced open height that can be set button in the center of the mode by the vehicle operator. Use this switch on the overhead console, setting to prevent the liftgate from with the driver door unlocked. opening into overhead obstructions such as a garage door or roof

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing any button, or the vehicle. Always make sure the display. After removing the touchpad switch, while the liftgate is power liftgate is closed and latched obstructions, the liftgate will resume moving stops it. Pressing the button before you drive away. normal power operation. or RKE switch again reverses the If you power open the liftgate and Pinch sensors are located on the direction. The touchpad switch will the liftgate support struts have lost side edges of the liftgate. If an stop the liftgate from moving. There pressure, the turn signals flash and object is caught between the liftgate is a minimum distance that the a chime sounds. The liftgate stays and the body and presses against power liftgate must already be open open temporarily, then slowly this sensor, the liftgate will reverse for the system to hold it open. closes. See your dealer for service direction and open fully. The liftgate If movement is stopped below that before using the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated minimum, the liftgate closes. again or closed manually. Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features closed during a power cycle. If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Power Liftgate 3/4 Mode The power liftgate may be during a power open or close cycle, To program the liftgate opening temporarily disabled under extreme a warning chime will sound and the height: temperatures or low battery liftgate will automatically reverse 1. Turn the liftgate switch to either conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate direction to the full closed or open the MAX, or the 3/4 mode can still be operated manually. position. After removing the position and power open the obstruction, the power liftgate liftgate. If you shift the transmission out of operation can be used again. If the P (Park) while the power function is liftgate encounters multiple 2. Stop the liftgate movement at in progress, the liftgate power obstacles on the same power cycle, the desired height by pressing function will continue to completion. the power function will deactivate. any liftgate switch. Manually If you shift the transmission out of The MANUALLY CLOSE POWER adjust the liftgate position if P (Park) and accelerate before the LIFTGATE warning message in the required. power liftgate latch is closed, the Driver Information Center (DIC) will liftgate may reverse to the open position. Cargo could fall out of the Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

3. Press and hold the button on the liftgate that also has power Vehicle Security liftgate adjacent to the latch until operation requires more effort than the turn signals flash and a beep a standard manual liftgate. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make sounds to indicate that the new To open the liftgate, press the it impossible to steal. setting is recorded. touchpad on the handle on the When power opened with the outside of the liftgate, and lift the 3/4 mode selected, the liftgate stops gate open. To close the liftgate, use Anti-theft Alarm System at the new set position. the pull cup to lower the liftgate and This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm If you do not hear the audible and close. With the power liftgate system. disabled, the liftgate electric latch visual feedback when setting the Arming the System intermediate stop position, you are will still power latch once contact is attempting to set the height below made with the striker. Always close To arm the system, do one of the the 3/4 open height minimum the liftgate before driving. following: (approximately 1.5 m or 5 ft). The If the RKE button is pressed while . Press on the RKE transmitter. liftgate cannot be set below that power operation is disabled, the turn Q minimum and the new setting will signals flash and the liftgate will . Lock the vehicle using the key in not be recorded. not move. the driver door. Manual Operation of Power The liftgate has an electric latch. The alarm automatically arms after Liftgate If the battery is disconnected or has about 30 seconds. The security low voltage, the liftgate will not light, located on the instrument To change the liftgate to manual open. The liftgate will resume panel, flashes. operation, turn the mode switch to operation when the battery is the OFF position. reconnected and charged. Press V on the RKE transmitter to open the liftgate without setting off With the power liftgate disabled and the alarm. The system rearms when all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate the liftgate is closed. can be manually opened and closed. Manual operation of a Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Disarming the System If the alarm has been activated, the The system is automatically THEFT ATTEMPTED message will disarmed when the vehicle is To disarm the system, do one of the appear on the DIC. See Key and started with the correct key. The key following: Lock Messages on page 5‑30 for uses a transponder that matches an . Press K on the RKE transmitter. additional information. immobilizer control unit in the vehicle and automatically disarms . Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. Immobilizer the system. Only an authorized key . Allow the alarm to time out after starts the vehicle. The vehicle may See Radio Frequency Statement on about 30 seconds and reset not start if the key is damaged. page 13 17 for information itself. ‑ regarding Part 15 of the Federal The alarm automatically disarms. Communications Commission (FCC) If the system is armed and any door rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. is unlocked without pressing K on the RKE transmitter, the alarm sounds. Immobilizer Operation This vehicle has a passive The security light, located in the How to Detect a Tamper theft-deterrent system. instrument panel cluster, comes on Condition The system does not have to be if there is a problem with arming or If K is pressed and the horn manually armed or disarmed. disarming the theft-deterrent system. sounds, an attempted break-in has The vehicle is automatically occurred while the system was immobilized when the key is When trying to start the vehicle, the armed. removed from the ignition. security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

If the engine does not start and the Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again. Convex Mirrors If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged { WARNING or the light continues to stay on, try A convex mirror can make things, another ignition key. If the engine like other vehicles, look farther does not start with the other key, the away than they really are. If you vehicle needs service. If the vehicle cut too sharply into the right lane, does start, the first key may be damaged. See your dealer who can you could hit a vehicle on the service the theft-deterrent system right. Check the inside mirror or and have a new key made. glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. Do not leave the key or device that To adjust the mirrors: disarms or deactivates the 1. Move the selector switch to theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is L (left) or R (right) to choose the curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. the driver seat. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the desired direction. 3. Return the selector switch to the middle position.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Heated Mirrors Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle is Mirror a long distance away, the image For vehicles with heated mirrors: in the main mirror is small and The heated outside rearview mirrors near the inboard edge of the turn on when the rear window mirror. defogger is on and help to clear fog 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the or frost from the surface of the image in the main mirror gets mirrors. larger and moves outboard. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): This 3. As the vehicle enters the blind button is on the climate control zone, the image transitions from panel. the main mirror to the blind spot See “Rear Window Defogger” under mirror. Automatic Climate Control System 4. When the vehicle is in the blind on page 8‑3 for more information. zone, the image only appears in the blind spot mirror. Blind Spot Mirrors The blind spot mirror is a small convex mirror built into the upper and outer corner of both outside mirrors. It can show objects that may be in the vehicle's blind zone.

Actual Mirror View

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Using the Outside Mirror with Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors the Blind Spot Mirror If the vehicle is equipped with 1. Set the main mirror so that the memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror side of the vehicle can just be to have the mirrors tilt down, when Hold the inside rearview mirror in seen and the blind spot mirror in R (Reverse), to more easily see the center and move it for a clearer has an unobstructed view. the ground near the vehicle. view behind the vehicle. Adjust the 2. When checking for traffic or When the vehicle is shifted to mirror to avoid glare from the before changing a lane, look at R (Reverse), both the driver and headlamps behind you. Push the the main driver/passenger side passenger mirrors will tilt downward. tab forward for daytime use and pull mirror to observe traffic in the They will return to their previous it for nighttime use. adjacent lane, behind your position when the vehicle is shifted Vehicles with OnStar have three vehicle. Check the blind spot out of R (Reverse), the ignition is control buttons at the bottom of the mirror for a vehicle in the blind turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left mirror. See your dealer for more zone. Then, glance over your in R (Reverse) for an extended information on the system and how shoulder to double check before period of time. to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar moving slowly into the This feature can be turned on or off. Overview on page 14 1. adjacent lane. ‑ See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑34.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Dimming If the vehicle has a rear vision Windows Rearview Mirror camera (RVC) the O button for turning the automatic dimming { WARNING The vehicle may have an automatic feature on or off will not be dimming inside rearview mirror. available. See Rear Vision Camera Leaving children, helpless adults, Automatic dimming reduces the (RVC) on page 9‑45 for more glare from the headlamps of the or pets in a vehicle with the information. windows closed is dangerous. vehicle behind you. The dimming ® feature comes on and the indicator Vehicles with OnStar have three They can be overcome by the light comes on each time the vehicle additional control buttons located at extreme heat and suffer is started. the bottom of the mirror. See your permanent injuries or even death dealer for more information on the from heat stroke. Never leave a O : Press to turn automatic system and how to subscribe to child, a helpless adult, or a pet dimming on or off. OnStar. See OnStar Overview on alone in a vehicle, especially with page 14‑1. the windows closed in warm or Cleaning the Mirror hot weather. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move. The windows will function and they The vehicle aerodynamics are could be seriously injured or killed The power windows work when the designed to improve fuel economy if caught in the path of a closing ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ performance. This may result in a window. Do not leave keys in a ACCESSORY, or in Retained pulsing sound when either rear vehicle with children. Accessory Power (RAP). See window is down and the front Retained Accessory Power (RAP) windows are up. To reduce the When there are children in the on page 9‑25. rear seat use the window lockout sound, open either a front window Press the front of the switch to open button to prevent unintentional or the sunroof (if equipped). the window. Pull the switch up to operation of the windows. close it.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Express Down Windows Window Lockout Sun Visors Windows that have the express‐down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the switch. Press the window switch fully and release it to activate the express‐down feature. The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing, or pulling the switch.

Pull the sun visor down to block o (Window Lockout): This feature glare. Detach the sun visor from the prevents the rear passenger center mount to pivot to the side windows from operating, except window, or to extend along the rod, from the driver position. if available. Press o to activate the rear window lockout switch. The LED light comes on when activated. Press o again to deactivate the lockout switch.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Roof Express-open/Express-close Press and release the front or rear Sunroof of the driver side switch to express-open or express-close the On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof. switches used to operate it are on the headliner above the rearview Anti-Pinch Feature mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ If an object is in the path of the RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in sunroof when it is closing, the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to anti-pinch feature detects the object operate the sunroof. See Ignition and stops the sunroof from closing Positions on page 9 21 and ‑ at the point of the obstruction. The Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . Press and hold the front or rear sunroof then returns to the full-open on page 9 25. ‑ of the driver side switch to open position. or close the sunroof. The sunshade automatically opens with the sunroof, but must be closed manually. . Press and hold the rear of the passenger side switch to vent the sunroof. Press and hold the front of the switch to close.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation, noise, or plugging the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety System Check ...... 3-19 Child Restraints Seats and Safety Belt Care ...... 3-20 Older Children ...... 3-35 Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Infants and Young Parts after a Crash ...... 3-20 Children ...... 3-37 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-39 Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-41 Head Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-21 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-23 for Children (LATCH Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) ...... 3-43 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-24 Replacing LATCH System Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash ...... 3-49 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Inflate? ...... 3-26 Securing Child Restraints Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat ) ...... 3-50 Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Restrain? ...... 3-26 Securing Child Restraints Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 What Will You See after an (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-52 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-26 Rear Seats Passenger Sensing Rear Seats ...... 3-10 System ...... 3-28 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-32 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Adding Equipment to the How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-33 Properly ...... 3-13 Airbag System Check ...... 3-34 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15 Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Use During Parts after a Crash ...... 3-34 Pregnancy ...... 3-18 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-19

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Front Seats The vehicle's front seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. adjusted properly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is { WARNING locked in place. You can lose control of the The front seat outboard head vehicle if you try to adjust a restraints are not designed to be manual driver seat while the removed. vehicle is moving. The sudden Rear Seats movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The vehicle's rear seat has head To adjust a manual seat: restraints in the outboard seating pedal when you do not want to. 1. Pull the handle at the front of the positions that cannot be adjusted. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. seat cushion. Rear outboard head restraints are 2. Move the seat forward or not designed to be removed. rearward to adjust the seat position. 3. Release the handle to stop the seat from moving. 4. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see . Raise or lower the front or rear Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. part of the seat cushion by Four‐Way Power Driver Seat moving the front or rear of the To adjust the lumbar support, see control up or down. Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5. . Raise or lower the entire seat by Eight‐Way Power Seats moving the entire control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.

A. Seat Position Handle B. Height Adjustment Control To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or . rearward using the handle under Move the seat forward or the front of the seat cushion (A). rearward by sliding the control See Seat Adjustment on forward or rearward. page 3‑3. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the control (B) up

or down. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued) Power Lumbar { WARNING For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the Sitting in a reclined position when seatback upright. Then sit well the vehicle is in motion can be back in the seat and wear the dangerous. Even when buckled safety belt properly. up, the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this. The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, injuries. Four-Way Similar The lap belt cannot do its job A. Lumbar Switch either. In a crash, the belt could go up over your abdomen. The If available, press and hold the front belt forces would be there, not at or rear of the switch (A) to increase your pelvic bones. This could or decrease lumbar support. cause serious internal injuries. Release the switch when the Do not have a seatback reclined if seatback reaches the desired level (Continued) the vehicle is moving. of lumbar support.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Manual Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright position: { WARNING 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the You can lose control of the seatback, and the seatback will vehicle if you try to adjust a return to the upright position. manual driver seat while the 2. Push and pull on the seatback to vehicle is moving. The sudden make sure it is locked. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the { WARNING desired position, and then release the lever to lock the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats The vehicle will also automatically save driver seat and outside mirror positions to the current driver Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is turned off. These automatically stored positions are referred to as RKE Memory positions. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Storing Button Memory Positions To save positions into Button Memory: To adjust a power seatback, On vehicles with the memory 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback if available: feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on “ ” “ ” recliner, and both outside mirrors . the outboard side of the driver seat Tilt the top of the control to the desired driving positions. rearward to recline. are used to manually save and recall the driver seat and outside 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) . Tilt the top of the control forward mirror positions. These manually and “1” at the same time until a to raise. stored positions are referred to as beep sounds. Button Memory positions. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a second driver using “2.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Recalling Button Memory Recalling RKE Memory Positions This feature is turned on or off using Positions (Memory Remote Recall) the vehicle personalization menu. To recall the manually saved Button The Memory Remote Recall feature See “Memory Remote Recall” under Memory positions, press and hold can recall the driver seat and Vehicle Personalization on page 5 34 for more information. “1” or “2.” The driver seat and outside mirrors to previously stored ‑ outside mirrors move to the RKE Memory positions when To stop recall movement, press any positions stored to those buttons entering the vehicle. of the memory, power mirror, when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” Every time the ignition is turned off, or power seat controls. before the stored positions are the positions of the driver seat and If something has blocked the driver reached stops the recall. outside mirrors are automatically seat while recalling a memory If something has blocked the driver stored to the RKE transmitter that position, the recall may stop. seat while recalling a memory was used to start the vehicle. These Remove the obstruction; then press position, the recall may stop. positions are called RKE Memory and hold the appropriate manual Remove the obstruction; then press positions and may be different than control for the memory item that is and hold the appropriate manual the previously mentioned Button not recalling for two seconds. Try control for the memory item that is Memory positions saved to the recalling the memory position again not recalling for two seconds. Try “1” or “2” buttons. To automatically by opening the driver door and recalling the memory position again recall RKE Memory positions, pressing the RKE K button. If the by pressing the appropriate memory unlock the driver door with the RKE memory position is still not recalling, button. If the memory position is still transmitter and open the driver door. see your dealer for service. not recalling, see your dealer for If the driver door is already open, service. pressing the RKE transmitter K button will also activate the RKE Memory recall. The driver seat and outside mirrors will move to the previously saved RKE Memory positions.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Easy Exit Driver Seat Heated Front Seats This feature moves the seat rearward allowing the driver more { WARNING room to exit the vehicle. To activate, turn the ignition off and If you cannot feel temperature open the driver door. If the driver change or pain to the skin, the door is already open, turning the seat heater may cause burns ignition off will activate the easy exit even at low temperatures. To driver seat. reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use This feature can be turned on or off care when using the seat heater, using the vehicle personalization especially for long periods of menu. See Easy Exit Driver Seat “ ” time. Do not place anything on Uplevel Climate Control System under Vehicle Personalization on the seat that insulates against Shown, Base Similar page 5‑34 for more information. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, If available, the buttons are near the To stop recall movement, press one cover, or similar item. This may climate controls. To operate, the of the memory or power seat cause the seat heater to ignition must be in ON/RUN. controls. overheat. An overheated seat Press z or J to heat the driver or If something has blocked the driver heater may cause a burn or may passenger seat cushion and seat while recalling the exit position, damage the seat. seatback. the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the Press the button once for the power seat control rearward for highest setting. With each press of two seconds. Try recalling the exit the button, the heated seat will position again. If the exit position is change to the next lower setting, still not recalling, see your dealer for and then the off setting. Three lights service. indicate the highest setting, and one Information Provided by:Provided Information light indicates the lowest. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

The passenger seat may take Rear Seats longer to heat up. { WARNING Remote Start Heated Seats Split Folding Seatbacks A safety belt that is improperly When it is cold outside, the heated With this feature, either side of the routed, not properly attached, seats can be programmed to turn on rear seatback can be folded down or twisted will not provide the automatically during a remote for more cargo space. protection needed in a crash. The vehicle start. The heated seats will person wearing the belt could be be canceled when the ignition is { WARNING seriously injured. After raising the turned on. Press the heated seat rear seatback, always check to be button to use the heated seats after If either seatback is not locked, it sure that the safety belts are the vehicle is started. could move forward in a sudden properly routed and attached, and stop or crash. That could cause are not twisted. The heated seat button lights will injury to the person sitting there. not turn on during a remote start. Always push and pull on the The temperature of an unoccupied seatbacks to be sure they are seat may be reduced. locked. To program the heated seat feature to enabled, see “Remote Start Auto Heat Seats” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑34 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

To fold the seatback down: Keep the seatback in the upright, Notice: Folding a rear seat with locked position when not in use. the safety belts still fastened may To recline the seatback: cause damage to the seat or the 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of safety belts. Always unbuckle the the seatback. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then before folding a rear seat. release the lever when the seatback is in the desired 1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts position. and place the front seatbacks in the upright position. See To slide the entire seat forward or Reclining Seatbacks on rearward: 2. Lift the lever on the top of the page 3‑5. 1. Lift and hold the release bar seatback. under the front of the seat 3. Fold the seatback forward. cushion to unlock the seat. The filler panel behind the seat 2. Slide the seat to the desired will fold with the seatback to position. span the gap between the rear 3. Release the bar. of the seat and the cargo area, creating a flat load floor. Do not 4. Try to move the seat back and lift the filler panel. forth to ensure the seat is locked into place.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts WARNING (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas { WARNING are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow Do not let anyone ride where a passengers to ride in any area of safety belt cannot be worn the vehicle that is not equipped properly. In a crash, if you or your with seats and safety belts. passenger(s) are not wearing Always wear a safety belt, and safety belts, injuries can be much check that all passenger(s) are worse than if you are wearing restrained properly too. When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on page 5 12 for additional information. instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other ‑ passengers in the vehicle. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

When you wear a safety belt, you Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why How to Wear Safety Belts and the vehicle slow down together. should I have to wear safety There is more time to stop because belts? Properly you stop over a longer distance and, A: Airbags are supplemental This section is only for people of when worn properly, your strongest systems only; so they work with adult size. bones take the forces from the safety belts — not instead of There are special things to know safety belts. That is why wearing them. Whether or not an airbag about safety belts and children. And safety belts makes such good is provided, all occupants still there are different rules for smaller sense. have to buckle up to get the children and infants. If a child will be Questions and Answers About most protection. riding in the vehicle, see Older Safety Belts Also, in nearly all states and in Children on page 3‑35 or Infants all Canadian provinces, the law and Young Children on page 3‑37. Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle requires wearing safety belts. Follow those rules for everyone's after a crash if I am wearing a protection. safety belt? It is very important for all occupants A: You could be — whether you are to buckle up. Statistics show that wearing a safety belt or not. unbelted people are hurt more often Your chance of being conscious in crashes than those who are during and after a crash, so you wearing safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

There are important things to know . Wear the lap part of the belt low about wearing a safety belt properly. and snug on the hips, just { WARNING touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong You can be seriously injured, pelvic bones and you would be or even killed, by not wearing less likely to slide under the lap your safety belt properly. belt. If you slid under it, the belt . Never allow the lap or would apply force on your shoulder belt to become abdomen. This could cause loose or twisted. serious or even fatal injuries. . Never wear the shoulder belt . Wear the shoulder belt over the under both arms or behind shoulder and across the chest. your back. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining . Never route the lap or forces. The shoulder belt locks if shoulder belt over an . Sit up straight and always keep there is a sudden stop or crash. armrest. your feet on the floor in front of you. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Lap-Shoulder Belt 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the All seating positions in the vehicle height that is right for you. See have a lap-shoulder belt. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” The following instructions explain later in this section for how to wear a lap-shoulder belt instructions on use and properly. important safety information. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the get twisted. buckle until it clicks. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if Pull up on the latch plate to you pull the belt across you very make sure it is secure. If the belt quickly. If this happens, let the is not long enough, see Safety belt go back slightly to unlock it. Belt Extender on page 3‑19. Then pull the belt across you Position the release button on more slowly. the buckle so that the safety belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull If the shoulder portion of a could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt. passenger belt is pulled out all necessary. the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Adjust the height so the shoulder After the height adjuster is set to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder desired position, try to move it down and not falling off of it. The belt without pressing the release should be close to, but not button (A) to make sure it has contacting, the neck. Improper locked into position. Press the shoulder belt height adjustment release button to lower the height could reduce the effectiveness of adjuster. the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on Safety Belt Pretensioners page 3‑13. This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants. Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they To unlatch the belt, push the button are part of the safety belt assembly. on the buckle. They can help tighten the safety Before a door is closed, be sure the belts during the early stages of a safety belt is out of the way. If a moderate to severe frontal and near door is slammed against a safety frontal crash if the threshold belt, damage can occur to both the conditions for pretensioner safety belt and the vehicle. activation are met. And, if the vehicle has side impact airbags, Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster safety belt pretensioners can help The vehicle has a shoulder belt tighten the safety belts in a side height adjuster for the driver and crash or a rollover event. Move the height adjuster up to the right front passenger seating desired position by pushing up on positions. the height adjuster.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide for each outside pretensioners are activated in a passenger position in the rear seat. crash, the pretensioners and Here is how to install a comfort possibly other parts of the safety guide to the safety belt: belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑20. Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides This vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides. If not, they are available through your dealer. The 2. Place the guide over the belt, guides may provide added safety and insert the two edges of the belt comfort for older children who belt into the slots of the guide. have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed and properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of the neck and head. seatback.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

To remove and store the comfort WARNING (Continued) guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can and across the chest. These parts be removed from the guide. Slide of the body are best able to take the guide back into its storage belt restraining forces. pocket located on the side of the seatback. Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all 3. The belt should not be twisted occupants, they are more likely to and it should lie flat. The elastic be seriously injured if they do not cord must be under the belt and wear safety belts. the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Safety Belt Extender Safety System Check If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten Now and then, check that the safety around you, you should use it. belt reminder light, safety belts, But if a safety belt is not long buckles, latch plates, retractors, and enough, your dealer will order you anchorages are all working properly. an extender. When you go in to Look for any other loose or order it, take the heaviest coat you damaged safety belt system parts will wear, so the extender will be that might keep a safety belt system long enough for you. To help avoid from doing its job. See your dealer personal injury, do not let someone to have it repaired. Torn or frayed else use it, and use it only for the safety belts may not protect you in a crash. They can rip apart under A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never impact forces. If a belt is torn or lap-shoulder belt, and the lap frayed, get a new one right away. portion should be worn as low as use it for securing child seats. To possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety Make sure the safety belt reminder throughout the pregnancy. belt. For more information, see the light is working. See Safety Belt instruction sheet that comes with Reminders on page 5‑12 for more The best way to protect the fetus is the extender. information. to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely Keep safety belts clean and dry. that the fetus will not be hurt in a See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑20. crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that Crash were used during any crash may { WARNING have been stressed or damaged. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety Do not bleach or dye safety belts. belt assemblies inspected or It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced. a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑13. possible.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG will appear on the middle to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the airbags: driver and on the instrument panel { WARNING . A frontal airbag for the driver. for the right front passenger. With seat-mounted side impact You can be severely injured or . A frontal airbag for the right front killed in a crash if you are not passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback wearing your safety belt, even . A seat-mounted side impact closest to the door. with airbags. Airbags are airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety With roof-rail airbags, the word belts, not replace them. Also, . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG will appear along the trim. airbag for the right front airbags are not designed to inflate passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement in every crash. In some crashes the protection provided by safety safety belts are the only restraint. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags See When Should an Airbag and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce Inflate? on page 3‑24. directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an Wearing your safety belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the right inflating bag, all airbags must inflate front passenger and the very quickly to do their job. crash helps reduce the chance of passenger seated directly hitting things inside the vehicle or behind the right front passenger. being ejected from it. Airbags are “supplemental restraints” to the All of the airbags in the vehicle will safety belts. Everyone in the have the word AIRBAG embossed vehicle should wear a safety belt in the trim or on an attached label properly, whether or not there is near the deployment opening. an airbag for that person.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt The system checks the airbag on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an you in position before and during children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑13 for belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always more information. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older the vehicle. Children on page 3‑35 or Infants Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑37. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Where Are the Airbags?

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags are designed to inflating airbag must be kept inflate in moderate to severe frontal clear. Do not put anything or near-frontal crashes to help between an occupant and an reduce the potential for severe airbag, and do not attach or put injuries mainly to the driver's or right anything on the steering wheel front passenger's head and chest. hub or on or near any other However, they are only designed to airbag covering. inflate if the impact exceeds a Do not use seat accessories that predetermined deployment Driver Side Shown, Passenger block the inflation path of a threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. crash is likely to be in time for the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Never secure anything to the roof airbags to inflate and help restrain right front passenger, and second of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the by routing a rope or tie‐down ceiling above the side windows. Whether the frontal airbags will or through any door or window should deploy is not based on how opening. If you do, the path of an fast your vehicle is traveling. { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be It depends largely on what you hit, blocked. the direction of the impact, and how If something is between an quickly your vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to the system's designed threshold different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear level. The threshold level can vary example: impacts, or in many side impacts. with specific vehicle design. . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. are not intended to inflate in frontal at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the impacts, near-frontal impacts, the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail The vehicle has electronic frontal airbags are not intended to inflate in . If the vehicle hits an object that deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing rear impacts. A seat-mounted side inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a impact airbag is intended to deploy than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more on the side of the vehicle that is that does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate struck. Both roof-rail airbags will frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags deploy when either side of the . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full vehicle is struck, or if the sensing (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal system predicts that the vehicle is inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. about to roll over, or in a severe than if the vehicle hits a wide frontal impact. object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted side impact and roof-rail airbags. See In any particular crash, no one can . If the vehicle goes into an object Airbag System on page 3‑21. say whether an airbag should have at an angle, the airbags could Seat-mounted side impact and inflated simply because of the inflate at a different crash speed roof-rail airbags are intended to damage to a vehicle or because of than if the vehicle goes straight inflate in moderate to severe side what the repair costs were. For into the object. crashes. In addition, these roof-rail frontal airbags, inflation is Thresholds can also vary with airbags are intended to inflate determined by what the vehicle hits, specific vehicle design. during a rollover or in a severe the angle of the impact, and how frontal impact. Seat-mounted side quickly the vehicle slows down. For impact and roof-rail airbags will seat-mounted side impact and

inflate if theby:Provided Information crash severity is above roof-rail airbags, deployment is Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

determined by the location and moderate to severe side collisions, not toward those airbags. See When severity of the side impact. In a even belted occupants can contact Should an Airbag Inflate? on rollover event, roof-rail airbag the inside of the vehicle. page 3‑24 for more information. deployment is determined by the Airbags supplement the protection Airbags should never be regarded direction of the roll. provided by safety belts. Frontal as anything more than a supplement airbags distribute the force of the to safety belts. What Makes an Airbag impact more evenly over the Inflate? occupant's upper body, stopping the What Will You See after occupant more gradually. Seat In a deployment event, the sensing ‐ an Airbag Inflates? mounted side impact and roof-rail system sends an electrical signal airbags distribute the force of the After the frontal airbags and triggering a release of gas from the impact more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the occupant's upper body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so airbag causing the bag to break out quickly that some people may not Rollover capable roof-rail airbags of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, even realize an airbag inflated. are designed to help contain the and related hardware are all part of Roof-rail airbags may still be at least head and chest of occupants in the the airbag module. partially inflated for some time after outboard seating positions in the For airbag location, see Where Are they inflate. Some components of first and second rows. The rollover the Airbags? on page 3 23. the airbag module may be hot for ‑ capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the risk of airbags, see Where Are the How Does an Airbag full or partial ejection in rollover Airbags? on page 3 23. Restrain? events, although no system can ‑ prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come In moderate to severe frontal or into contact with you may be warm, near frontal collisions, even belted But airbags would not help in many but not too hot to touch. There may occupants can contact the steering types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming wheel or the instrument panel. In because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated

Information Provided by:Provided Information airbags. Airbag inflation does not Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

prevent the driver from seeing out of hazard warning flashers on, and In many crashes severe enough to the windshield or being able to steer shut off the fuel system after the inflate the airbag, windshields are the vehicle, nor does it prevent airbags inflate. You can lock the broken by vehicle deformation. people from leaving the vehicle. doors, turn the interior lamps off, Additional windshield breakage may and turn the hazard warning also occur from the front outboard { WARNING flashers off by using the controls for passenger airbag. those features. . Airbags are designed to inflate When an airbag inflates, there only once. After an airbag may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING inflates, you will need some new could cause breathing problems parts for the airbag system. for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate If you do not get them, the asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also airbag system will not be there To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in to help protect you in another vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts. by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate and diagnostic module which problems following an airbag the vehicle. records information after a deployment, you should seek Use caution if you should attempt crash. See Vehicle Data medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash Recording and Privacy on has occurred. page 13‑15 and Event Data Recorders on page 13 15. The vehicle has a feature that may ‑ automatically unlock the doors, turn the interior lamps on, turn the Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

. Let only qualified technicians The passenger sensing system work on the airbag systems. works with sensors that are part of Improper service can mean that the right front passenger seat. The an airbag system will not work sensors are designed to detect the properly. See your dealer for presence of a properly-seated service. occupant and determine if the right Canada front passenger frontal airbag Passenger Sensing should be enabled (may inflate) System The words ON and OFF, or the or not. symbol for on and off, are visible The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you are According to accident statistics, sensing system for the right front using remote start, if equipped, to children are safer when properly passenger position. The passenger start the vehicle from a distance, secured in a rear seat in the correct airbag status indicator will be visible you may not see the system check. child restraint for their weight on the overhead console when the When the system check is and size. vehicle is started. complete, either the word ON or We recommend that children be OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will secured in a rear seat, including: an be visible. See Passenger Airbag infant or a child riding in a Status Indicator on page 5‑13. rear-facing child restraint; a child The passenger sensing system riding in a forward-facing child seat; turns off the right front passenger an older child riding in a booster frontal airbag under certain seat; and children, who are large enough, using safety belts. United States conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐mounted side impact airbags A label on the sun visor says, and the roof-rail airbags are not “Never put a rear-facing child seat in affected by the passenger sensing the front.” This is because the risk to system. the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

. Or, if there is a critical problem { WARNING WARNING (Continued) with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system. A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child When the passenger sensing restraint can be seriously injured restraints in a rear seat, even if system has turned off the right front or killed if the right front the airbag is off. If you secure a passenger frontal airbag, the off passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in indicator will light and stay lit to because the back of the the right front seat, always move remind you that the airbag is off. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far See Passenger Airbag Status be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to Indicator on page 5‑13. airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraint can be seriously rear seat. The passenger sensing system is injured or killed if the right front designed to turn on (may inflate) the right front passenger frontal airbag passenger airbag inflates and the The passenger sensing system is anytime the system senses that a passenger seat is in a forward designed to turn off the right front person of adult size is sitting position. passenger frontal airbag if: properly in the right front Even if the passenger sensing . The right front passenger seat is passenger seat. system has turned off the right unoccupied. When the passenger sensing front passenger frontal airbag, no . The system determines that an system has allowed the airbag to be system is fail-safe. No one can infant is present in a child enabled, the on indicator will light guarantee that an airbag will not restraint. and stay lit to remind you that the deploy under some unusual airbag is active. circumstance, even though the . A right front passenger takes airbag is turned off. his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

For some children, including If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint restraint and restarting the very small adults, the passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly off the right front passenger frontal and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and airbag, depending upon the 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion, person s seating posture and body if adjustable, to make sure that ’ 2. Remove the child restraint from build. Everyone in the vehicle who the vehicle seatback is not the vehicle. has outgrown child restraints pushing the child restraint into should wear a safety belt 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, properly — whether or not there Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat is an airbag for that person. restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. vehicle head restraint. If this { WARNING 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head following the directions restraint. See Head Restraints If the airbag readiness light ever provided by the child restraint on page 3‑2. comes on and stays on, it means manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. that something may be wrong Securing Child Restraints (Rear with the airbag system. To help Seat ) on page 3‑50 or Securing The passenger sensing system avoid injury to yourself or others, Child Restraints (Front may or may not turn off the have the vehicle serviced right Passenger Seat) on page 3‑52. airbag for a child in a child away. See Airbag Readiness restraint depending upon the Light on page 5‑13 for more child’s seating posture and body information, including important build. It is better to secure the safety information. child restraint in a rear seat.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

If the Off Indicator is Lit for an use the following steps to allow the Additional Factors Affecting Adult-Size Occupant system to detect that person and System Operation enable the right front passenger frontal airbag: Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat 1. Turn the vehicle off. during vehicle maneuvers and 2. Remove any additional material braking, which helps the passenger from the seat, such as blankets, sensing system maintain the cushions, seat covers, seat passenger airbag status. See heaters, or seat massagers. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 3. Place the seatback in the fully information about the importance of upright position. proper restraint use. 4. Have the person sit upright in A thick layer of additional material, the seat, centered on the seat such as a blanket or cushion, cushion, with legs comfortably or aftermarket equipment such as If a person of adult-size is sitting in extended. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat the right front passenger seat, but 5. Restart the vehicle and have the massagers can affect how well the the off indicator is lit, it could be person remain in this position for passenger sensing system because that person is not sitting two to three minutes after the on operates. We recommend that you properly in the seat. If this happens, indicator is lit. not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑33 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

A wet seat can affect the The on indicator may be lit if an purchase a service manual, see performance of the passenger object, such as a briefcase, Service Publications Ordering sensing system. Here is how: handbag, grocery bag, laptop or Information on page 13‑13. other electronic device, is put on an . The passenger sensing system may turn off the passenger unoccupied seat. If this is not { WARNING airbag when liquid is soaked into desired remove the object from the seat. If this happens, the off the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the indicator will be lit, and the vehicle is turned off and the airbag readiness light on the { WARNING battery is disconnected, an airbag instrument panel will also be lit. can still inflate during improper Stowing of articles under the service. You can be injured if you . Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat or between the are close to an airbag when it has not soaked in may make it passenger seat cushion and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. more likely that the passenger seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the sensing system will enable (turn proper operation of the passenger on) the passenger airbag while a airbag system. Be sure to follow sensing system. child restraint or child occupant proper service procedures, and is on the seat. If the passenger make sure the person performing airbag is turned on, the on Servicing the work for you is qualified to do so. indicator will be lit. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle If the passenger seat gets wet, dry the seat immediately. If the airbag Airbags affect how the vehicle readiness light is lit, do not install a should be serviced. There are parts child restraint or allow anyone to of the airbag system in several occupy the seat. See Airbag places around the vehicle. Your dealer and the service manual have Readiness Light on page 5‑13 for important safety information. information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system. To

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

Adding Equipment to the that are part of the passenger Satisfaction Procedure in this seat. The passenger sensing manual. See Customer Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system may not operate properly Satisfaction Procedure on Q: Is there anything I might add if the original seat trim is page 13‑1. to or change about the vehicle replaced with non-GM covers, If the vehicle has rollover that could keep the airbags upholstery or trim, or with GM roof-rail airbags, see Different from working properly? covers, upholstery or trim Size Tires and Wheels on designed for a different vehicle. A: Yes. If you add things that page 10‑60 for additional Any object, such as an change the vehicle's frame, important information. aftermarket seat heater or a bumper system, height, front end comfort enhancing pad or Q: Because I have a disability, or side sheet metal, they may device, installed under or on top I have to get my vehicle keep the airbag system from of the seat fabric, could also modified. How can I find out working properly. Changing or interfere with the operation of whether this will affect my moving any parts of the front the passenger sensing system. airbag system? seats, safety belts, the airbag This could either prevent proper sensing and diagnostic module, A: If you have questions, call deployment of the passenger steering wheel, instrument Customer Assistance. The airbag(s) or prevent the panel, roof-rail airbag modules, phone numbers and addresses passenger sensing system ceiling headliner or pillar garnish for Customer Assistance are in from properly turning off the trim, overhead console, front Step Two of the Customer passenger airbag(s). See sensors, side impact sensors, Satisfaction Procedure in this Passenger Sensing System on rollover sensor module, or airbag manual. See Customer page 3 28. wiring can affect the operation of ‑ Satisfaction Procedure on the airbag system. If you have questions, call page 13‑1. Customer Assistance. The In addition, the vehicle has a phone numbers and addresses passenger sensing system for for Customer Assistance are in the right front passenger Step Two of the Customer position, which includes sensors Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

In addition, your dealer and the Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to service manual have information replace airbag system parts. See about the location of the airbag Parts after a Crash your dealer for service. sensors, sensing and diagnostic { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on module and airbag wiring. after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have The airbag system does not need A damaged airbag system the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on regularly scheduled maintenance or may not work properly and may page 5 13 for more information. replacement. Make sure the airbag not protect you and your ‑ readiness light is working. See passenger(s) in a crash, resulting Airbag Readiness Light on in serious injury or even death. To page 5‑13 for more information. help make sure the airbag Notice: If an airbag covering is systems are working properly damaged, opened, or broken, the after a crash, have them airbag may not work properly. Do inspected and any necessary not open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as coverings. If there are any possible. opened or broken airbag covers, have the airbag covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? on page 3‑23. See your dealer for service.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown page 3 15 for more information. abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the ‑ If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑15. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics, return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating WARNING (Continued) position. might also slide under the lap In a crash, children who are not belt. The belt force would then be buckled up can strike other people applied right on the abdomen. who are buckled up, or can be That could cause serious or fatal thrown out of the vehicle. Older injuries. The shoulder belt should children need to use safety belts go over the shoulder and across properly. the chest. { WARNING

Never do this. { WARNING Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt. The safety Never do this. belt cannot properly spread the Never allow a child to wear the impact forces. In a crash, the two safety belt with the shoulder belt children can be crushed together behind their back. A child can be and seriously injured. A safety seriously injured by not wearing belt must be used by only one the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a person at a time. crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) Children children, but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag arms. An infant should be all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every secured in an appropriate distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride restraint. size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the For example, in a crash at only safety belts. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

For most basic types of child { WARNING restraints, there are many different models available. When Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle available for children with special needs. passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Child Restraint Systems { WARNING { WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low on because an infant's neck is not the hip bones, as it should. fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash, the rest of its body. In a crash, an the belt would apply force on a infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for more information. Children can be

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

endangered in a crash if the child In some areas, Certified Child Where to Put the restraint is not properly secured in Passenger Safety Technicians the vehicle. (CPSTs) are available to inspect Restraint When securing an add-on child and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics, restraint, refer to the instructions use and install child restraints. In children and infants are safer when that come with the restraint which the U.S., refer to the National properly restrained in a child may be on the restraint itself or in a Highway Traffic Safety restraint system or infant restraint booklet, or both, and to this manual. Administration (NHTSA) website to system secured in a rear seating The child restraint instructions are locate the nearest child safety seat position. inspection station. For CPST important, so if they are not We recommend that children and availability in Canada, check with available, obtain a replacement child restraints be secured in a rear Transport Canada or the Provincial copy from the manufacturer. seat, including: an infant or a child Ministry of Transportation office. Keep in mind that an unsecured riding in a rear-facing child restraint; child restraint can move around in a Securing the Child within the a child riding in a forward-facing collision or sudden stop and injure Child Restraint child seat; an older child riding in a people in the vehicle. Be sure to booster seat; and children, who are large enough, using safety belts. properly secure any child restraint in { WARNING the vehicle — even when no child is in it. A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

A label on your sun visor says, Child restraints and booster seats “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some the front.” This is because the risk to may fit in certain seating positions the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual better than others. Always make if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is sure the child restraint is properly turned off. secured. { WARNING Secure rear-facing child Depending on where you place the restraints in a rear seat, even if child restraint and the size of the A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a child restraint, you may not be able restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in to access adjacent safety belt or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move assemblies or LATCH anchors for passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far additional passengers or child because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to restraints. Adjacent seating rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a positions should not be used if the be very close to the inflating rear seat. child restraint prevents access to or airbag. A child in a forward-facing interferes with the routing of the child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System safety belt. injured or killed if the right front on page 3‑28 for additional information. Wherever a child restraint is passenger airbag inflates and the installed, be sure to secure the child passenger seat is in a forward restraint properly. position. When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the Keep in mind that an unsecured Even if the passenger sensing instructions that came with the child child restraint can move around in a system has turned off the right restraint to make sure it is collision or sudden stop and injure front passenger frontal airbag, no compatible with this vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to system is fail-safe. No one can properly secure any child restraint in guarantee that an airbag will not your vehicle — even when no child (Continued) is in it. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, review the following illustrations. Depending on where you place the child restraint or the size of the child restraint, you may not be able to access certain safety belt A. Child restraint using LATCH A. Child restraint or occupant assemblies or LATCH anchors for using safety belt additional passengers or child B. Occupant prohibited restraints. C. Child restraint or occupant B. Child restraint using LATCH using safety belt Configurations for Use of Child Lower Anchors and Restraints Tethers for Children (LATCH System) The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash. This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier. A. Child restraint or occupant The LATCH system uses anchors in using safety belt A. Child restraint using LATCH the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use B. Occupant prohibited with the LATCH system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Make sure that a LATCH-compatible Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor child restraint is properly installed using the anchors, or use the vehicle's safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with that restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the never be installed using only the top built into the vehicle. There are two top of the child restraint to the tether and anchor. lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built In order to use the LATCH system in seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether your vehicle, you need a child accommodate a child restraint attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint that has LATCH with lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in attachments. The child restraint the vehicle in order to reduce the manufacturer will provide you with forward movement and rotation of instructions on how to use the child the child restraint during driving or in restraint and its attachments. The a crash. following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle. Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether

anchors and attachments. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Your child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be Top Tether Anchors attached. Be sure to read and follow The top tether anchors for each rear the instructions for your child Rear Seat seating position are located on the restraint. i back of the rear seatback. The rear (Top Tether Anchor): Seating compartment storage panel/cover positions with top tether anchors. might need to be adjusted to access j (Lower Anchor): Seating the anchors. Be sure to use an positions with two lower anchors. anchor located on the same side of The rear outboard seating positions the vehicle as the seating position have exposed metal anchors where the child restraint will be located in the crease between the placed. seatback and the seat cushion.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child restraint in a Securing a Child Restraint position without a top tether anchor Designed for the LATCH { WARNING if a national or local law requires System that the top tether be attached, or if Do not attach more than one child the instructions that come with the restraint to a single anchor. child restraint say that the top tether { WARNING Attaching more than one child must be attached. restraint to a single anchor could If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment According to accident statistics, not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break children and infants are safer when restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others properly restrained in a child the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the restraint system or infant restraint child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries system secured in a rear seating killed. Install a LATCH-type child position. See Where to Put the during a crash, attach only one restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. Restraint on page 3‑41 for anchors, or use the vehicle safety additional information. belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Make sure to attach the child 1.2. Put the child restraint on { WARNING restraint at the proper anchor the seat. location. Children can be seriously injured 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower or strangled if a shoulder belt is This system is designed to make attachments on the child wrapped around their neck and installation of child restraints easier. restraint to the lower the safety belt continues to When using lower anchors, do not anchors. tighten. Buckle any unused safety use the vehicle's safety belts. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer belts behind the child restraint so Instead use the vehicle's anchors recommends that the top tether and child restraint attachments to children cannot reach them. Pull be attached, attach and tighten secure the restraints. Some the shoulder belt all the way out the top tether to the top tether restraints also use another vehicle anchor, if equipped. Refer to the of the retractor to set the lock, anchor to secure a top tether. if the vehicle has one, after the child restraint instructions and child restraint has been installed. 1. Attach and tighten the lower the following steps: attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. anchors. If the child restraint Notice: Do not let the LATCH does not have lower attachments rub against the attachments or the desired vehicle’s safety belts. This may seating position does not have damage these parts. If necessary, lower anchors, secure the child move buckled safety belts to restraint with the top tether and avoid rubbing the LATCH the safety belts. Refer to the attachments. child restraint manufacturer Do not fold the empty rear seat instructions and the instructions with a safety belt buckled. This in this manual. could damage the safety belt or 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the seat. Unbuckle and return the the desired seating safety belt to its stowed position, position. before folding the seat. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

. If the position being used . If the position being used does not have a headrest has a fixed headrest or or head restraint and a dual head restraint and a dual tether is being used, route tether is being used, route the tether over the the tether around the seatback. headrest or head restraint. . If the position being used does not have a headrest or head restraint and a single tether is being used, route the tether over the seatback.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Replacing LATCH System If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a Parts After a Crash crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. { WARNING New parts and repairs may be A crash can damage the LATCH necessary even if the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged system was not being used at the LATCH system may not properly time of the crash. . If the position being used secure the child restraint, has a fixed headrest or resulting in serious injury or even head restraint and a single death in a crash. To help make tether is being used, route sure the LATCH system is the tether over the headrest working properly after a crash, or head restraint. see your dealer to have the 3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any child restraint, make sure it is necessary replacements made as securely held in place. To check, soon as possible. grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when System) on page 3‑43 for how and and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear buckle until it clicks. secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put Position the release button on safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑41. the buckle so that the safety belt see Lower Anchors and Tethers for could be quickly unbuckled if Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on necessary. page 3‑43 for top tether anchor the seat. locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of position without a top tether anchor the vehicle's safety belt through if a national or local law requires or around the restraint. The child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show the instructions that come with the you how. child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Armrest Retaining Strap center armrest before installing a Remove the armrest retaining strap rear‐facing child restraint in the before installing a forward facing { WARNING second row center seat position. child restraint in the center seat position, as it may interfere with the A rear center armrest that is not attachment of the top tether to the properly stowed and secured top tether anchor on the seatback. could fall forward during a sudden stop or collision. The armrest Securing Child Restraints could contact an infant secured in (Front Passenger Seat) a rear facing child restraint in the ‐ This vehicle has airbags. A rear center seat position. Fasten the seat is a safer place to secure a retaining strap onto the stowed forward-facing child restraint. See armrest before installing a Where to Put the Restraint on rear‐facing child restraint in the page 3‑41. rear center seat position. In addition, the vehicle has a Stow the rear seat center armrest. passenger sensing system which is Attach the retaining strap to the designed to turn off the right front armrest loop (A) and to the center passenger frontal airbag under top tether anchor on the certain conditions. See Passenger seatback (B). Make sure the Sensing System on page 3‑28 and retaining strap's clips are firmly Passenger Airbag Status Indicator attached. on page 5‑13 for more information, including important safety When new, the vehicle's glove box Install the rear-facing child information. materials included an armrest restraint using the child restraint retaining strap. Use it to secure the manufacturer's instructions and the instructions described previously.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH deploy under some unusual the rear-facing child is so great, System) on page 3‑43 for how and if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is where to install the child restraint turned off. using LATCH. If a child restraint is { WARNING Secure rear-facing child secured using a safety belt and it restraints in a rear seat, even if uses a top tether, see Lower A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in (LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move top tether anchor locations. passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far Do not secure a child seat in a because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to position without a top tether anchor rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a if a national or local law requires be very close to the inflating rear seat. that the top tether be anchored, or if airbag. A child in a forward-facing the instructions that come with the child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System child restraint say that the top strap injured or killed if the right front on page 3‑28 for additional must be anchored. information. passenger airbag inflates and the In Canada, the law requires that passenger seat is in a forward forward-facing child restraints have position. a top tether, and that the tether be Even if the passenger sensing attached. system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side impact airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way indicator should light and stay lit buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the when you start the vehicle. See Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is Passenger Airbag Status the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but Indicator on page 5‑13. belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on if necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbags are off, the off retractor to make sure the indicator in the passenger airbag retractor is locked. If the status indicator will come on and retractor is not locked, repeat stay on when the vehicle is started. Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been installed If the vehicle does not have a and the on indicator is lit, see “If the rear seat and the child restraint On Indicator is Lit for a Child has a top tether, follow the Restraint” under Passenger Sensing child restraint manufacturer's System on page 3‑28 for more instructions regarding the use of information. the top tether. See Lower To remove the child restraint, Anchors and Tethers for unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑43 for more information. shoulder portion of the belt to 7. Before placing a child in the tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check, into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back to push down on the child and forth. When the child restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Two cupholders are in the center console. Cupholders may be located Storage Compartments Instrument Panel Storage in the second row seat armrest. To Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 access, pull the armrest down. Glove Box ...... 4-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Center Console Storage Center Console Storage ...... 4-1 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-2 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 4-2

There may be a storage compartment on the instrument panel. Pull the handle to open. For vehicles with a center console Glove Box storage, use the lever (A) on the front to open. Open the glove box by lifting up on the lever.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Additional Storage Cargo Tie-Downs Roof Rack System Features { WARNING

Cargo Cover If something is carried on top of For vehicles with a cargo cover, use the vehicle that is longer or wider it to cover items in the rear of the than the roof rack — like paneling, vehicle. plywood, or a mattress — the To remove the cover from the wind can catch it while the vehicle vehicle, pull both ends toward each is being driven. The item being other. To reinstall, place each end of carried could be violently torn off, the cover in the holes behind the and this could cause a collision rear seat. and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider The vehicle may be equipped with than the roof rack on top of the four cargo tie downs (A) located in vehicle unless using a GM the rear compartment. certified accessory carrier. Convenience Net This vehicle may be equipped with a This vehicle may have a roof rack. For roof racks that do not convenience net located in the rear have cross rails included, GM of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo certified cross rails can be tie‐downs for storing small loads. purchased as an accessory. See Do not use the net to store heavy your dealer for additional loads. information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Notice: Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Load cargo so that it rests evenly between the crossrails, making sure to fasten cargo securely. To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure cross rails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle's center The roof rack cross rails can be Lift the lever to release and move of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, locked in four positions along the the cross rail. sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden roof rack side rails. These are the braking, or abrupt maneuvers; Position the cross rail on both sides only positions that the cross rails of the vehicle at the same time. otherwise it may result in loss of will lock. control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Slide the cross rails back and forth until the lock pins engage in the holes and a click is heard as the pins align and the cross rail locks. Try sliding the cross rails forward and backward to ensure that they are correctly secured and that the levers stay tight to the cross rails. Do not stand on the plastic lower body panels when loading cargo on the roof rack. Push the lever down to completely When the roof rack is not in use, engage into the side rail holes. If the lock one cross rail at the furthest lever is not tight, then the cross rail forward position and lock the other is not engaged in a side rail hole. cross rail at the furthest rearward position to reduce wind noise.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Passenger Airbag Status Information Displays Instruments and Indicator ...... 5-13 Driver Information Controls Charging System Light ...... 5-14 Center (DIC) ...... 5-24 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 5-15 Vehicle Messages Controls Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages ...... 5-27 Light ...... 5-17 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Messages ...... 5-27 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 5-18 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-28 Horn ...... 5-3 Compass Messages ...... 5-28 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light ...... 5-18 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-28 Rear Window Wiper/ Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-28 Washer ...... 5-5 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning Light ...... 5-19 Engine Cooling System Compass ...... 5-5 Messages ...... 5-29 Clock ...... 5-6 Traction Off Light ...... 5-19 ® Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-29 Power Outlets ...... 5-7 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-20 Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-30 Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-20 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-30 Indicators Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-30 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-21 Object Detection System Indicators ...... 5-8 Fuel Economy Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-30 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-22 Ride Control System Speedometer ...... 5-10 Security Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-31 Odometer ...... 5-10 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-32 Tachometer ...... 5-10 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-23 Safety Belt Messages ...... 5-32 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-10 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-23 Anti-theft Alarm System Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-32 Gauge ...... 5-11 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-33 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-12

Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-13 by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages ...... 5-33 Controls 3. Pull or push the steering wheel Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-33 closer or away from you. Vehicle Reminder 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the Messages ...... 5-34 Steering Wheel Adjustment steering wheel in place. Vehicle Personalization Do not adjust the steering wheel Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-34 while driving. Steering Wheel Controls

To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever (A) down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. For vehicles with audio steering wheel controls, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles Horn INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move ® ® the lever up to INT for intermittent with Bluetooth or OnStar , press to a interact with those systems. See Press on the steering wheel wipes, then turn the 3 INT band Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑36 pad to sound the horn. up for more frequent wipes or down or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) for less frequent wipes. on page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice Windshield Wiper/Washer Recognition) on page 7‑42 or OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 for more information. $ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. Press to silence the vehicle speakers while using the OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. infotainment system. Press again to The windshield wiper/washer lever 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly turn the sound on. is located on the right side of the move the wiper lever down. For _ SRC ^ (Toggle Switch): Press to steering column. With the ignition in several wipes, hold the wiper select an audio source. ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ lever down. START, move the windshield wiper Toggle up or down to select the next lever to select the wiper speed. or previous favorite radio station or CD/MP3 track. HI: Use for fast wipes. + x − (Volume): Press + or − to LO: Use for slow wipes. increase or decrease the volume.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

L FRONT (Windshield Wipe Parking n { WARNING Washer): Pull the windshield wiper If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ lever toward you to spray windshield In freezing weather, do not use OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, washer fluid and activate the wipers. the washer until the windshield is or INT, they will immediately stop. The wipers will continue until the warmed. Otherwise the washer lever is released or the maximum If the windshield wiper lever is then fluid can form ice on the wash time is reached. When the moved to off before the driver door windshield wiper lever is released, windshield, blocking your vision. is opened or within 10 minutes, the additional wipes may occur wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. depending on how long the Clear snow and ice from the wiper windshield washer had been blades before using them. If frozen If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ activated. See Washer Fluid on to the windshield, carefully loosen or OFF while the wipers are performing page 10‑23 for information on filling thaw them. Damaged blades should wipes due to windshield washing, the windshield washer fluid be replaced. See Wiper Blade the wipers continue to run until they reservoir. Replacement on page 10‑29. reach the base of the windshield. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Rear Window Wiper/ Reverse Gear Wipes from the Global Positioning Washer If the rear wiper control is off, the System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, rear wiper will automatically operate and vehicle speed information. The rear wiper controls are on the continuously when the shift lever is Avoid covering the GPS antenna for end of the windshield wiper lever. in R (Reverse), and the front long periods of time with objects windshield wiper is performing low that may interfere with the antenna's or high speed wipes. If the rear ability to receive a satellite signal. wiper control is off, the shift lever is See Multi-Band Antenna on in R (Reverse), and the front page 7‑23 for the location of the windshield wiper is performing vehicle's antenna. The compass interval wipes, then the rear wiper system is designed to operate for a automatically performs interval certain number of miles or degrees wipes. of turn before needing a signal from ON: Press the upper portion of the The windshield washer reservoir is the GPS satellites. When the button for continuous rear window used for the windshield and the rear compass display shows CAL, drive wipes. window. Check the fluid level in the the vehicle for a short distance in an OFF: The rear wiper turns off when reservoir if either washer is not open area where it can receive a the button is returned to the middle working. See Washer Fluid on GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a position. page 10‑23. GPS signal is restored and provide INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): Compass a heading again. See Compass Press the lower portion of the button Messages on page 5‑28 for more to set a delay between wipes. The vehicle may have a compass information on the messages that m = REAR (Rear Washer): Push display on the Driver Information may be displayed for the compass. the windshield wiper lever forward Center (DIC). The compass receives to spray washer fluid on the rear its heading and other information window. The lever returns to its starting position when released. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Clock 6. To save the time or date and To set the auto time adjust: return to the Time and Date 1. Turn the infotainment system on. The infotainment system controls, Settings menu, press the located on the instrument panel, are E BACK button at any time or 2. Press the CONFIG button and used to access the time and date press the MENU/SEL knob after select Time and Date Settings. settings through the menu system. adjusting the minutes or year. 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. See Operation on page 7‑10 for information about how to use the To set the 12/24 hour format: 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to menu system. 1. Turn the infotainment system on. turn Auto Time Adjust on or off. For vehicles with a navigation 2. Press the CONFIG button and 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to system, see the separate navigation select Time and Date Settings. select Time Zone, and then manual to set the clock. select the time zone. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. Setting the Clock with Date 6. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to turn Daylight Savings on or off. Display select the 12 hour or 24 hour To set the Time and Date: display format. Setting the Clock Without Date Display 1. Turn the infotainment system on. To set the month and day format: 2. Press the CONFIG button and 1. Turn the infotainment system on. To set the Time and Date: select Time and Date Settings. 2. Press the CONFIG button and 1. Turn the infotainment system on. 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. select Time and Date Settings. 2. Press the CONFIG button and 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Highlight Month and Day select Time Settings, or press adjust the highlighted value. Format. the H button. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to select the next value. select MM/DD (month/day) or DD/MM (day/month).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

3. Select Set Time. Setting the Clock (Radio with Power Outlets CD and Touchscreen) 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to The accessory power outlets adjust the highlighted value. To set the time: can be used to connect electrical 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Press the CONFIG button to equipment, such as a cell phone or select the next value. enter the menu options. Turn the MP3 player. 6. To save the time and return to TUNE/MENU knob to scroll There are four accessory power the Time Settings menu, press through the available setup outlets in the following locations: features. Press the TUNE/MENU the E BACK button at any below the CD slot, inside the center knob or press the Time screen time or press the MENU/SEL console storage, on the rear of the button to display other options knob after adjusting the minutes. center console storage, and in the within that feature. rear cargo compartment. To set the 12/24 hour format: 2. Press + or − to decrease or To use the outlets, remove the cover 1. Turn the infotainment system on. increase the Hours and Minutes and close when not in use. displayed on the clock. 2. Press the CONFIG button and Notice: Leaving electrical select Time Settings, or press 12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR equipment plugged in for an the H button. screen button for standard time; extended period of time while the press the 24 HR screen button for vehicle is off will drain the 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. military time. battery. Always unplug electrical 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Day + or Day −: Press the Day + equipment when not in use and select the 12 hour or 24 hour or Day − display buttons to increase do not plug in equipment that display format. or decrease the day. exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating. Display: Press Display to turn the display of the time on the screen on or off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Certain accessory plugs may not be Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there compatible with the accessory could be a problem with a vehicle power outlets and could overload Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning vehicle and adapter fuses. If a lights work together to indicate a problem is experienced, see your Indicators problem with the vehicle. dealer. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights When adding electrical equipment, signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while be sure to follow the installation before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges instructions included with the to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, equipment. See Add-On Electrical replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what warning lights and gauges could Equipment on page 9‑63. to do. Follow this manual's advice. prevent injury. Notice: Hanging heavy Waiting to do repairs can be costly equipment from the power outlet Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. can cause damage not covered could be a problem with a vehicle by the vehicle warranty. The function. Some warning lights come power outlets are designed for on briefly when the engine is started accessory power plugs only, such to indicate they are working. as cell phone charge cords.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Odometer Fuel Gauge The vehicle's speed can be selected The odometer shows how far the to display on the Driver Information vehicle has been driven, in either Center (DIC) and the speedometer kilometers or miles. in either kilometers per hour (km/h) This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant or miles per hour (mph). Telltales on odometer. The digital odometer will the speedometer indicate whether read 999,999 if it is turned back. kilometers or miles were chosen. The DIC will show the vehicle's If the vehicle needs a new odometer speed after the limit on the installed, it must be set to the speedometer has been reached. mileage total of the old odometer. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine Metric speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Here are some situations that can Engine Coolant occur with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the Temperature Gauge fuel gauge. . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually English took a little more or less than When the ignition is on, the fuel half the tank's capacity to fill gauge shows about how much fuel the tank. Metric the vehicle has left in the fuel tank. . The gauge moves a little while An arrow on the fuel gauge turning a corner or speeding up. indicates the side of the vehicle the . The gauge takes a few seconds fuel door is on. to stabilize after the ignition is The gauge will first indicate empty turned on, and goes back to before the vehicle is out of fuel and empty when the ignition is the low fuel light comes on, but the turned off. vehicle's fuel tank should be filled soon.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the instrument panel cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind front passengers to English fasten their safety belt. Then the This gauge measures the light stays on solid until the belt is temperature of the vehicle's engine. When the vehicle is started, this buckled. If the indicator needle moves to the light flashes and a chime may come This cycle continues several times if hot side of the gauge toward the on to remind the driver to fasten the front passenger remains or colored line, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays becomes unbuckled while the on solid until the belt is buckled. vehicle is moving. If the vehicle has been operated under normal driving conditions, pull This cycle may continue If the front passenger safety belt is off the road, stop the vehicle, and several times if the driver remains or buckled, neither the chime nor the turn off the engine as soon as becomes unbuckled while the light comes on. possible. vehicle is moving. If the driver safety belt is buckled, neither the light nor the chime comes on.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

The front passenger safety belt Passenger Airbag Status reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat Indicator such as a briefcase, handbag, The vehicle has a passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other sensing system. See Passenger electronic device. To turn off the Sensing System on page 3‑28 for reminder light and/or chime, remove The airbag readiness light comes on important safety information. The the object from the seat or buckle and stays on for several seconds overhead console has a passenger the safety belt. when the vehicle is started. Then airbag status indicator. the light goes out. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an { WARNING electrical problem. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), If the airbag readiness light stays passenger sensing system, the on after the vehicle is started or pretensioners, the airbag modules, comes on while driving, it means United States the wiring, and the crash sensing the airbag system might not be and diagnostic module. For more working properly. The airbags in information on the airbag system, the vehicle might not inflate in a see Airbag System on page 3‑21. crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. Canada When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol

Information Provided by:Provided Information for on and off, for several seconds Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

as a system check. If you are using The light turns off when the engine remote start to start the vehicle from { WARNING is started. If it does not, have the a distance, if equipped, you may not vehicle serviced by your dealer. see the system check. Then, after If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on several more seconds, the status while driving, there may be a indicator will light either ON or OFF, that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging or either the on or off symbol to let system. Have it checked by your you know the status of the right front avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on passenger frontal airbag. could drain the battery. away. See Airbag Readiness If the word ON or the on symbol is Light on page 5 13 for more When this light comes on, the Driver lit on the passenger airbag status ‑ information, including important Information Center (DIC) also indicator, it means that the right displays a message. front passenger frontal airbag is safety information. enabled (may inflate). See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑27. If the word OFF or the off symbol is Charging System Light lit on the passenger airbag status If a short distance must be driven indicator, it means that the with the light on, be sure to turn off passenger sensing system has all accessories, such as the radio turned off the right front passenger and air conditioner. frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a The charging system light comes on problem with the lights or the briefly when the ignition is turned passenger sensing system. See on, but the engine is not running, as your dealer for service. a check to show the light is working.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by vehicle warranty. This could also the system before any problem is result in a failure to pass a Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light required Emission Inspection/ A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage Maintenance test. See (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system assists Accessories and Modifications on Generation) monitors the operation the service technician in correctly page 10‑3. of the vehicle to ensure emissions diagnosing any malfunction. This light comes on during a are at acceptable levels, to produce Notice: If the vehicle is malfunction in one of two ways: a cleaner environment. This light continually driven with this light comes on when the vehicle is Light Flashing: A misfire condition on, the emission controls might has been detected. A misfire placed in ON/RUN, as a check to not work as well, the vehicle fuel show it is working. If it does not, increases vehicle emissions and economy might not be as good, could damage the emission control have the vehicle serviced by your and the engine might not run as dealer. See Ignition Positions on system on the vehicle. Diagnosis smoothly. This could lead to and service might be required. page 9‑21 for more information. costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle: Notice: Modifications made to the engine, transmission, exhaust, . Reduce vehicle speed. intake, or fuel system of the . Avoid hard accelerations. vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than . Avoid steep uphill grades. those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the If the malfunction indicator lamp Performance Criteria (TPC) can comes on and stays on while the amount of cargo being hauled as affect the vehicle's emission soon as it is possible. engine is running, this indicates that controls and can cause this light there is an OBD II problem and to come on. Modifications to service is required. these systems could lead to

costly repairsby:Provided Information not covered by the Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If the light continues to flash, stop . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and and park the vehicle. Turn the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, the engine not to run as and restart the engine. If the light is efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have still flashing, follow the previous cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle steps and see your dealer for stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the service as soon as possible. changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link control system malfunction has These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. Diagnosis and service might be required. If one or more of these conditions occurs, change the fuel brand used. The following may correct an It will require at least one full tank of emission system malfunction: the proper fuel to turn the light off. . Check that the fuel cap is fully See Recommended Fuel on installed. See Filling the Tank on page 9‑51. page 9‑54. The diagnostic The DLC is under the instrument system can determine if the If none of the above have made the panel to the left of the steering fuel cap has been left off or light turn off, your dealer can check wheel. See your dealer if assistance improperly installed. A loose or the vehicle. The dealer has the is needed. missing fuel cap allows fuel to proper test equipment and evaporate into the atmosphere. diagnostic tools to fix any A few driving trips with the cap mechanical or electrical problems properly installed should turn the that might have developed. light off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning released, there is a brake problem. inspection if: Have the brake system inspected Light immediately. . The malfunction indicator lamp is on with the engine running, or if The vehicle brake system consists the light does not come on when of two hydraulic circuits. If one { WARNING the ignition is turned to ON/RUN circuit is not working, the remaining while the engine is off. circuit can still work to stop the The brake system might not be vehicle. For normal braking working properly if the brake . The OBD II (On-Board performance, both circuits need system warning light is on. Diagnostics) system determines to be working Driving with the brake system that critical emission control warning light on can lead to a systems have not been crash. If the light is still on after completely diagnosed. The the vehicle has been pulled off vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection. This can the road and carefully stopped, happen if the 12-volt battery has have the vehicle towed for service. recently been replaced or run Metric English down. The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical The brake indicator light should If the light comes on while driving, a emission control systems during come on briefly as the engine is chime sounds. Pull off the road and normal driving. This can take started. If it does not come on have stop. The pedal might be harder to several days of routine driving. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. push or go closer to the floor. If this has been done and the When the ignition is on, the brake It might also take longer to stop. vehicle still does not pass the system warning light comes on If the light is still on, have the inspection for lack of OBD II when the parking brake is set. The vehicle towed for service. See system readiness, your dealer light stays on if the parking brake Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑77. can prepare the vehicle for does not fully release. If it stays on inspection. after the parking brake is fully Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If the ABS light comes on and stays Lane Departure Warning on while driving, stop as soon as (ABS) Warning Light possible and turn the ignition off. (LDW) Light Start the engine again to reset the system. If the light stays on after driving at a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. If the regular brake system warning For vehicles with the Antilock Brake light is not on, the vehicle still has System (ABS), this light comes on brakes, but not antilock brakes. briefly when the engine is started. If the regular brake system warning If the light does not come on, have it light is also on, the vehicle does not fixed so it will be ready to warn if have antilock brakes and there is a there is a problem. problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on For vehicles with the lane departure page 5‑17. warning system, this light is located on the center of the instrument See Brake System Messages on panel. This light briefly comes on page 5‑28 for all brake‐related DIC green while starting the vehicle. messages. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the indicator light then turns off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

This light also comes on green Traction Off Light when the system is switched on and ready to operate. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) on page 9‑48 for more information.

Forward Collision Alert The forward collision alert comes on (FCA) Warning Light and warns when following a vehicle closely. The light then flashes when This light comes on briefly while These lights are located on the a vehicle is being rapidly starting the engine. If it does not, center of the instrument panel. approached. have the vehicle serviced by your See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then System on page 9‑41 for more information. turns off. The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak The vehicle ahead light comes on button. when a vehicle is ahead and a possible collision can occur. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF light come on when StabiliTrak is turned off. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Adjust driving accordingly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS) If the light is on and not flashing, the on page 9‑35 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑35 and StabiliTrak® TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak System on page 9‑37 for more System on page 9‑37 for more system have been disabled. A DIC information. information. message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System feature(s) is no longer functioning (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and whether the vehicle requires service. If the indicator/warning light is on and flashing, the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system is actively working. See StabiliTrak® System on This light comes on when the page 9‑37 and Traction Control StabiliTrak system is turned off. The StabiliTrak system or the System (TCS) on page 9‑35 for If the Traction Control System (TCS) Traction Control System (TCS) more information. is off, wheel spin is not limited. If the indicator/warning light comes on StabiliTrak system is off, the system briefly when the engine is started. does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the If the light does not come on, have StabiliTrak system and the warning the vehicle serviced by the dealer. light turns off. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. Check the DIC for applicable messages. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑31 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and Notice: Lack of proper engine oil Then Is On Steady maintenance can damage the This indicates that there may be a engine. The repairs would not be problem with the TPMS. The light covered by the vehicle warranty. flashes for about a minute and stays Always follow the maintenance on steady for the remainder of the schedule for changing engine oil. ignition cycle. This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor Monitor System (TPMS), this light Operation on page 10‑53 for more comes on briefly when the engine is information. started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS. Engine Oil Pressure Light The oil pressure light should come When the Light Is On Steady on briefly as the engine is started. { WARNING This indicates that one or more of If it does not come on, have the the tires are significantly Do not keep driving if the oil vehicle serviced by your dealer. underinflated. pressure is low. The engine can If the light comes on and stays on, it A tire pressure message can become so hot that it catches fire. means that oil is not flowing through accompany the light. See Tire Someone could be burned. Check the engine properly. The vehicle Messages on page 5‑33 for more the oil as soon as possible and could be low on oil and might have information. Stop as soon as have the vehicle serviced. some other system problem. See possible, and inflate the tires to the your dealer. pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure on page 10‑50 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Fuel Economy Light Low Fuel Warning Light For vehicles with a Driver Information Center (DIC), see Fuel System Messages on page 5‑30 for more information. Security Light

For vehicles with the fuel economy mode light, it comes on when the eco (economy) switch, located on the center console near the shifter, is pressed. For vehicles with a Driver Information Center (DIC) an English Shown, Metric Similar The immobilizer light should come ECO MODE ON message displays. on briefly as the engine is started. See Fuel System Messages on This light comes on for a If it does not come on, have the page 5‑30 for more information. few seconds when the ignition is vehicle serviced by your dealer. Press the switch again to turn off turned on as a check to indicate it is If the system is working normally, the light and exit the fuel working. If it does not come on, the indicator light turns off. have it fixed. saver mode. If the light stays on and the engine The low fuel warning light is a circle does not start, there could be a located on the fuel gauge. This light problem with the theft-deterrent comes on and a chime sounds system. See Immobilizer Operation periodically when the vehicle is low on page 2‑14 for more information. on fuel. The light goes off when fuel is added to the fuel tank.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

High-Beam On Light Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light

The high‐beam on light comes on The front fog lamp light comes on The cruise control light is white when the high-beam headlamps are when the fog lamps are in use. whenever the cruise control is set, in use. The light goes out when the fog and turns green when the cruise See Headlamp High/Low-Beam lamps are turned off. See Fog control is active. Changer on page 6‑2 for more Lamps on page 6‑4 for more The light turns off when the cruise information. information. control is turned off. See Cruise Control on page 9‑38 for more Lamps On Reminder information.

For vehicles with the lamps on reminder light, it comes on when the lights are in use.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Information Displays It also shows the shift lever position, SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this the odometer, and the direction the button to set or clear the menu item Driver Information vehicle is driving. when it is displayed. Center (DIC) DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items The vehicle may have a Driver Press the MENU button until Trip/ Information Center (DIC). It displays Fuel Information Menu is displayed. information about the vehicle and Then press R to scroll through the warning messages if there is a following menu items: system problem detected. DIC . Trip 1 messages display in the center of the instrument panel cluster. See . Trip 2 Vehicle Messages on page 5‑27 for . Fuel Range more information. . Average Fuel Economy The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the . Instantaneous Fuel Economy controls on the radio. See Vehicle . Average Vehicle Speed Personalization on page 5 34 for MENU: Press this button to get to ‑ . Timer more information. the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle Information Menu. . Digital Speedometer DIC Operation and Displays Q or R : Use these buttons to . Turn-by-Turn Use the DIC buttons located in the scroll through the items in each . Blank Display center of the instrument panel to menu. A small marker will move access different displays. The DIC along the page as you scroll through displays trip, fuel, vehicle system the items. This shows where each information, and warning messages. page is in the menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Trip 1 and Trip 2 pressing SET/CLR while the Timer This display shows the current Average Fuel Economy display is This display can be used as a timer. distance traveled, in either showing. The display may not reset To start the timer, press SET/CLR kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since to zero. while Timer is displayed. The the last reset for the trip odometer. Instantaneous Fuel Economy display will show the amount of time The trip odometer can be reset to that has passed since the timer was zero by pressing SET/CLR while the This display shows the current fuel last reset, not including time the trip odometer display is showing. economy in either liters per ignition is off. Time will continue to 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles be counted as long as the ignition is Fuel Range per gallon (mpg). This number on, even if another display is being This display shows the approximate reflects only the fuel economy that shown on the DIC. The timer will distance the vehicle can be driven the vehicle has right now and record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes without refueling. The fuel range changes frequently as driving and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after estimate is based on an average of conditions change. Unlike average which the display will return to zero. the vehicle's fuel economy over economy, this display cannot be To stop the timer, press SET/CLR recent driving history and the reset. briefly while Timer is displayed. To amount of fuel remaining in the fuel Average Vehicle Speed reset the timer to zero, press and tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. hold SET/CLR. This display shows the average Average Fuel Economy speed of the vehicle in kilometers Digital Speedometer This display shows the approximate per hour (km/h) or miles per The speedometer shows how fast average liters per 100 kilometers hour (mph). This average is the vehicle is moving in either (L/100 km) or miles per calculated based on the various kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles gallon (mpg). This number is vehicle speeds recorded since the per hour (mph). The speedometer calculated based on the number of last reset of this value. The average cannot be reset. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the speed can be reset by pressing last time this menu item was reset. SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle The fuel economy can be reset by Speed display is showing. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Turn-by-Turn Unit Remaining Oil Life This display is used for the OnStar Press SET/CLR to enter the unit This display shows an estimate of or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn menu. Then press Q or R to switch the oil's remaining useful life. guidance. See OnStar Overview on between METRIC or US when the If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is page 14‑1 or the Navigation manual, Unit display is active. Press SET/ displayed, that means 99% of the if the vehicle has navigation, for CLR to confirm the setting. This will current oil life remains. more information. change the displays on the cluster When the remaining oil life is low, Blank Display and DIC to either metric or English the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON (US) measurements. message will appear on the display. This display shows no information. Tire Pressure See Engine Oil Messages on Vehicle Information Menu page 5‑29. The oil should be Items The display will show a vehicle with changed as soon as possible. See the approximate pressures of all Engine Oil on page 10‑10. In Press the MENU button until Vehicle four tires. Tire pressure is displayed addition to the engine oil life system Information Menu is displayed. Then in either kilopascal (kPa) or in monitoring the oil life, additional press R to scroll through the pounds per square inch (psi). maintenance is recommended in the following menu items: See Tire Pressure Monitor System Maintenance Schedule in this manual. See Maintenance Schedule . Unit on page 10‑51 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑53 for on page 11‑3 for more information. . Tire Pressure more information. Remember, the Oil Life display must . Remaining Oil Life be reset after each oil change. It will . Blank Display not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

It cannot be reset accurately until Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, press SET/ Messages are displayed on the DIC Charging Messages CLR while the Oil Life display is to notify the driver that the status of BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE active. The display will ask for the vehicle has changed and that This message displays when the confirmation of a reset. Press Q or some action may be needed by the R driver to correct the condition. vehicle has detected that the battery to select Yes or No. Then press voltage is dropping beyond a SET/CLR to confirm the selection. Multiple messages may appear one after another. reasonable point. The battery saver See Engine Oil Life System on system starts reducing certain page 10‑12. Some messages may not require features of the vehicle that you may immediate action, but you can press Blank Display be able to notice. At the point that SET/CLR to acknowledge that you features are disabled, this message This display shows no information. received the messages and to clear is displayed. It means that the them from the display. Some Compass vehicle is trying to save the charge messages cannot be cleared from in the battery. Turn off unnecessary The vehicle may have a compass in the DIC display because they are accessories to allow the battery to the Driver Information Center (DIC). more urgent. These messages recharge. See Compass on page 5‑5. require action before they can be cleared. You should take any LOW BATTERY messages that appear on the This message is displayed when the display seriously and remember that battery voltage is low. See Battery clearing the messages will only on page 10 26 for more information. make the messages disappear, not ‑ correct the problem. You will find the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them grouped by subject in the following information. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE BATTERY Compass Messages Door Ajar Messages CHARGING SYSTEM CAL DOOR OPEN This message is displayed when there is a fault in the battery This message is displayed when the A door open symbol will be charging system. Take the vehicle to compass needs to be calibrated. displayed on the DIC showing which your dealer for service. See Compass on page 5‑5. door is open. If the vehicle has been shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR Brake System Messages ––– OPEN message will also be Three dashes will be displayed if the displayed. Close the door BRAKE FLUID LOW compass needs service. See your completely. dealer for service. This message is displayed when the MANUALLY CLOSE THE brake fluid level is low; see Brake POWER LIFTGATE Fluid on page 10‑24. Cruise Control Messages This message will display if the RELEASE PARKING BRAKE APPLY BRAKE BEFORE power liftgate encounters multiple CRUISE This message is displayed as a obstacles on the same power cycle. reminder that the parking brake is If this message displays when After removing the obstructions, the on. Release it before you attempt to attempting to activate cruise control, liftgate will resume normal power drive. apply the brake pedal and try again. operation. CRUISE SET TO XXX REAR ACCESS OPEN This message displays when the This message will display along with cruise control is set and shows the a symbol when the liftgate is open. speed it was set to. See Cruise Close the liftgate completely. Control on page 9‑38 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Engine Cooling System ENGINE Engine Oil Messages Messages OVERHEATED — IDLE ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the This message displays when the ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too engine oil needs to be changed. This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to When you change the engine oil, be engine coolant becomes hotter than idle until it cools down. sure to reset the Oil Life System. the normal operating temperature. See Engine Oil Life System on To avoid added strain on a hot ENGINE page 10‑12 and Driver Information engine, the air conditioning OVERHEATED — STOP Center (DIC) on page 5‑24 for compressor automatically turns off. ENGINE information on how to reset the system. See Engine Oil on When the coolant temperature This message displays and a page 10‑10 and Maintenance returns to normal, the air continuous chime sounds if the conditioning compressor turns back Schedule on page 11‑3 for more engine cooling system reaches information. on. You can continue to drive the unsafe temperatures for operation. vehicle. Stop and turn off the vehicle as ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE If this message continues to appear, soon as it is safe to do so to avoid ENGINE severe damage. This message have the system repaired by your This message displays when the dealer as soon as possible to avoid clears when the engine has cooled to a safe operating temperature. engine oil temperature is too hot. damage to the engine. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD HIGH COOLANT until it cools down. COOLANT TEMPERATURE This message will display if the This message displays if the coolant coolant is low. See Engine Coolant temperature is hot. See Engine on page 10‑17. Overheating on page 10‑20.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL next time the vehicle is driven. The Key and Lock Messages vehicle may be driven at a reduced This message displays when the speed while this message is on, but REPLACE BATTERY IN engine oil level is too low. Check the maximum acceleration and speed REMOTE KEY oil level. See Engine Oil on may be reduced. Anytime this page 10 10. This message displays when the ‑ message stays on, the vehicle battery in the Remote Keyless Entry should be taken to your dealer for OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP (RKE) transmitter needs to be service as soon as possible. ENGINE replaced. This message displays if low oil Fuel System Messages pressure levels occur. Stop the Object Detection System vehicle as soon as safely possible ECO MODE ON Messages and do not operate it until the cause of the low oil pressure has been On some models, this message FORWARD COLLISION corrected. Check the oil as soon as displays when the fuel economy ALERT OFF possible and have the vehicle mode has been turned on by If your vehicle has the Forward serviced by your dealer. pressing the eco button near the shift lever. See Fuel Economy Mode Collision Alert (FCA) system, this on page 9‑32 for more information. message may display if the FCA Engine Power Messages system cannot activate due to a FUEL LEVEL LOW ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED temporary condition. See Forward This message displays when the Collision Alert (FCA) System on This message displays when the vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as page 9‑41. vehicle's engine power is reduced. soon as possible. Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle's ability to accelerate. TIGHTEN GAS CAP If this message is on, but there is no This message displays when the reduction in performance, proceed fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the to your destination. The fuel cap. performance may be reduced the by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, PARK ASSIST OFF Ride Control System CLEAN WINDSHIELD This message displays when the Messages This message displays when the park assist system has been turned Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and off or when there is a temporary ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF Forward Collision Alert (FCA) condition causing the system to be If your vehicle has the All-Wheel systems are disabled because the disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking Drive (AWD) system, this message camera view is blocked and cannot Assist on page 9‑43. displays when the rear drive system operate properly. It may also SERVICE FRONT CAMERA is overheating. This message turns activate during heavy rain or due to off when the rear drive system cools road spray. To clean the system, This message displays when the down. If the warning message stays clean the outside of the windshield Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and on for a while, you need to reset the area in front of the LDW/FCA Forward Collision Alert (FCA) warning message. To reset the camera sensor. systems are disabled and need warning message, turn the ignition service. See your dealer/retailer. off and then back on again. If the LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM message stays on, see your dealer UNAVAILABLE SERVICE PARK ASSIST right away. See All-Wheel Drive on If your vehicle has the Lane This message displays if there is a page 9‑33 for more information. Departure Warning (LDW) system, problem with the Ultrasonic Rear this message may display if the Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do LDW system cannot activate due to not use this system to help you a temporary condition. See Lane park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist Departure Warning (LDW) on on page 9‑43 for more information. page 9‑48 for more information. See your dealer for service.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE SERVICE STABILITRAK Airbag System Messages If your vehicle has the All-Wheel This message displays if there is a SERVICE AIRBAG Drive (AWD) system, this message problem with the StabiliTrak system. displays if a problem occurs with StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37. This message displays if there is a this system. If this message problem with the airbag system. appears, stop as soon as possible STABILITRAK OFF Take the vehicle to your dealer for and turn off the vehicle. Restart the This message displays when the service. vehicle and check for the message StabiliTrak system is turned off. See on the DIC display. If the message StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37 Safety Belt Messages is still displayed or appears again for more information. when you begin driving, the AWD BUCKLE SEATBELT system needs service. See your TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays as a dealer. This message displays when the reminder when the safety belt is not SERVICE TRACTION Traction Control System (TCS) is buckled. turned off. Adjust your driving CONTROL accordingly. Anti-theft Alarm System This message displays when there Messages is a problem with the Traction TRACTION CONTROL ON Control System (TCS). See Traction This message displays when the THEFT ATTEMPTED Control System (TCS) on Traction Control System (TCS) is This message displays if the vehicle page 9‑35. first turned on. See Traction Control detects a tamper condition. System (TCS) on page 9‑35 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Service Vehicle Messages TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time. The This message displays when the SERVICE AC SYSTEM DIC also shows the tire pressure system is learning new tires. See values. See Driver Information This message is displayed if there is Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on Center (DIC) on page 5‑24. a problem with the air conditioning page 10‑53 for more information. system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Transmission Messages SERVICE POWER STEERING This message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION pressure in one or more of the tires This message is displayed if there is is low. This message displays if there is a a problem with the power steering problem with the transmission. See system. Take the vehicle to your This message also displays LEFT your dealer. dealer for service. FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate SHIFT TO PARK SERVICE VEHICLE SOON the location of the low tire. This message displays when the This message is displayed if there is The low tire pressure warning light transmission needs to be shifted to a problem with the vehicle. Take the will also come on. See Tire P (Park). This may appear when vehicle to your dealer for service. Pressure Light on page 5‑21. attempting to remove the key from the ignition or from the vehicle if the If a tire pressure message appears vehicle is not in P (Park). Tire Messages on the DIC, stop as soon as you can. Inflate the tires by adding air SERVICE TIRE MONITOR TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE until the tire pressure is equal to the ENGINE SYSTEM values shown on the Tire and This message displays if there is a Loading Information label. See Tires This message displays and a chime problem with the Tire Pressure on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits sounds if the transmission fluid in Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire on page 9‑16, and Tire Pressure on the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑50. transmission fluid temperature high can cause damage to the vehicle. page 10‑53 for more information. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Stop the vehicle and let it idle to Vehicle 3. Press the center of the MENU/ allow the transmission to cool. This SELECT knob to select the message clears when the fluid Personalization Vehicle Settings menu. temperature reaches a safe level. The audio system controls are used The following list of menu items will be available: Vehicle Reminder to access the personalization menus for customizing vehicle . Climate and Air Quality Messages features. . Comfort and Convenience ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE CONFIG (Configuration): Press to . Collision/Detection Systems WITH CARE access the Configuration Settings Menu. . Languages This message is displayed when ice conditions are possible. MENU/SELECT Knob: Press the . Lighting center of this knob to enter the TURN WIPER CONTROL TO menus and select menu items. Turn . Power Door Locks INTERMITTENT FIRST the knob to scroll through the . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start menus. This message is displayed when . Return to Factory Settings E BACK: Press to exit or move attempting to adjust the intermittent Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to backwards in a menu. wiper speed without intermittent highlight the menu. Press the knob selected on the wiper control. See Entering the Personalization to select it. Each of the menus is Windshield Wiper/Washer on Menus detailed in the following information. page 5‑3. All of the menus may not be 1. Turn the infotainment system on available. Only those tied to the and press the CONFIG button to features on your vehicle will be access the Configuration shown. Settings menu. 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to highlight Vehicle Settings. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Climate and Air Quality Air Conditioning Mode Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Select the Climate and Air Quality This will allow you to select whether When on, this feature will turn the menu and the following will be or not the air conditioning comes on heated seats on when using remote displayed: automatically the next time the start on cold days. vehicle is started. “On” means that . Auto Fan Speed Press the MENU/SELECT knob the air conditioning will be on at when “Remote Start Auto Heat . Air Conditioning Mode start up, regardless of whether it Seats” is highlighted to toggle was on or off the last time the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats between “On” or “Off.” Press vehicle was turned off. “Off” means E BACK to confirm the selection Auto Fan Speed the air conditioning will be off at the and go back to the last menu. This selection is available on next start up, regardless of whether vehicles with the Automatic Climate it was on or off the last time the Comfort and Convenience vehicle was turned off. Last Control System. Choose from the “ Select the Comfort and Setting means that when the following blower speed settings: ” Convenience menu and the vehicle is started, the air following will be displayed: High: Increased speed. conditioning will resume whichever Low: Reduced speed. setting it was at the last time the . Easy Exit Driver Seat vehicle was turned off. Normal: Moderate speed. . Chime Volume Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Reverse Tilt Mirror Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Air Conditioning Mode is when Auto Fan Speed is highlighted. Turn the knob to highlighted. Turn the knob to highlight “On,”“Off,” or “Last highlight High, Normal, or Low. “ ”“ ” “ ” Setting.” Press the knob to confirm Press the knob to confirm the the selection and go back to the selection and go back to the last menu. last menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Easy Exit Driver Seat “Normal” or “High.” Press the knob Collision/Detection Systems to confirm and go back to the When on, this feature will move the Select the Collision/Detection last menu. driver seat rearward upon turning Systems menu and the following will the ignition off and the driver door Reverse Tilt Mirror be displayed: opening. This may be performed to . Park Assist make it easier to exit the vehicle. When on, both the driver and passenger mirrors will tilt downward See the “Easy Exit Driver Seat” Park Assist information under Power Seat when vehicle is shifted to This allows the Ultrasonic Parking Adjustment on page 3 4 for more R (Reverse) to improve visibility of ‑ Assist feature to be turned on or off. information. the ground near the rear wheels. They will return to their previous Press the MENU/SELECT knob This allows you to turn the easy exit driving position when the vehicle is when “Park Assist” is highlighted. seat feature on or off. shifted out of R (Reverse), the Turn the knob to select “On,”“Off,” ignition is turned to OFF, or the Press the MENU/SELECT knob or “Tow Bar.” Press the knob to when “Easy Exit Driver Seat” is vehicle is left in reverse. See Park confirm and go back to the highlighted. Turn the knob to select Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑17 for more last menu. On or Off. Press the knob to information. “ ” “ ” See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on confirm and go back to the This allows you to turn the park tilt page 9‑43 for more information last menu. mirrors feature on or off. Chime Volume Press the MENU/SELECT knob Languages This allows the selection of the when “Reverse Tilt Mirror” is Select the Languages menu and the chime volume level. highlighted. Turn the knob to select following will be displayed: On or Off. Press the knob to “ ” “ ” . English Press the MENU/SELECT knob confirm and go back to the when “Chime Volume” is last menu. . French highlighted. Turn the knob to select . Spanish

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Press the MENU/SELECT knob Auto Door Unlock select the language. Press the knob when “Exit Lighting” is highlighted. This allows selection of which of the to confirm and go back to the Turn the knob to select “Off,” doors will automatically unlock when last menu. “30 Seconds,”“1 Minute,” or the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). “2 Minutes.” Press the knob to Lighting confirm and go back to the Press the MENU/SELECT knob Select the Lighting menu and the last menu. when “Auto Door Unlock” is following will be displayed: highlighted. Turn the knob to select Power Door Locks “All Doors,”“Driver Door,” or “Off.” . Vehicle Locator Lights Select Power Door Locks and the Press the knob to confirm and go . Exit Lighting following will be displayed: back to the last menu. Vehicle Locator Lights . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Delayed Door Lock This allows the vehicle locator lights . Auto Door Unlock When on, this feature will delay the to be turned on or off. locking of the doors. If you want to . Delayed Door Lock override the delay you can press the Press the MENU/SELECT knob power door lock on the instrument when Vehicle Locator Lights is Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out “ ” panel. highlighted to toggle between “On” When on, this feature will keep the or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm driver door from locking when the Press the MENU/SELECT knob the selection and go back to the door is open. If off is selected, the when “Delayed Door Lock” is last menu. Delayed Door Lock menu will be highlighted. Turn the knob to select available. “On” or “Off.” Press the knob to Exit Lighting confirm and go back to the Press the MENU/SELECT knob last menu. This allows the selection of how when “Unlocked Door Anti Lock long the exterior lamps stay on Out” is highlighted to toggle when leaving the vehicle when it is between “On” or “Off.” Press dark outside. E BACK to confirm the selection

and go backby:Provided Information to the last menu. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Remote Lock/Unlock/Start “Lights and Horn,”“Lights Only,” Remote Recall” under Power Seat Horn Only, or Off. Press the knob Adjustment on page 3 4 for more Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start “ ” “ ” ‑ to confirm and go back to the information. and the following will be displayed: last menu. Memory Remote Recall is when the . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Door Unlock memorized settings will be recalled . Remote Lock Feedback as you unlock the vehicle. This allows selection of which doors . Remote Door Unlock will unlock when pressing the unlock Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Memory Remote Recall button on the RKE transmitter. when “Memory Remote Recall” is highlighted to toggle between “On” Remote Unlock Light Feedback Press the MENU/SELECT knob E when “Remote Door Unlock” is or “Off.” Press BACK to confirm When on, the exterior lamps will highlighted. Turn the knob to select the selection and go back to the flash when unlocking the vehicle “All Doors” or “Driver Door.” Press last menu. with the RKE transmitter. the knob to confirm and go back to Return to Factory Settings Press the MENU/SELECT knob the last menu. Select Return to Factory Settings when “Remote Unlock Light “ ” Memory Remote Recall to return all of the vehicle Feedback” is highlighted. Turn the personalization to the default knob to select “Flash Lights” or This allows the Memory Remote settings. Turn the knob to select “Off.” Press the knob to confirm and Recall feature to be turned on or off. go back to the last menu. “Yes” or “No.” Press the knob to When on, this feature will recall the confirm and go back to the Remote Lock Feedback current driver's last seat, outside last menu. mirrors upon unlocking the driver This allows selection of what type of door with the RKE, and opening that feedback is given when unlocking door. The current driver is identified the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. when the RKE transmitter is used to Press the MENU/SELECT knob unlock the driver door. See “Memory when “Remote Lock Feedback” is highlighted. Turn the knob to select by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic Headlamps): Lighting Turns the exterior lamps on and off Exterior Lamp Controls automatically depending on the Exterior Lighting exterior light. The vehicle will default to the AUTO setting when it is first Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 started. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 6-2 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 parking lamps together with the Daytime Running following: Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 . Sidemarker Lamps Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is on the . Taillamps Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 turn signal/lane change lever. . License Plate Lamps Turn and Lane-Change O (Exterior Lamp Control): . Instrument Panel Lights Signals ...... 6-3 Operates the exterior lamps. Turn to Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 one of the following positions: 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the Interior Lighting headlamps, together with the O (Off): Briefly turn to this position previously listed lamps and lights. Instrument Panel Illumination to turn the automatic light control off Control ...... 6-4 or on again. Dome Lamps ...... 6-4 Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Lighting Features Entry Lighting ...... 6-5 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-5

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass Fully functional Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are required on all Low-Beam Changer The flash‐to‐pass feature works with vehicles first sold in Canada. the low beams or Daytime Running 2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam Lamps (DRL) on or off. When the DRL are on the taillamps, Changer: Push the turn signal/lane sidemarker, instrument panel lights change lever away from you and To flash the high beams, pull the and other lamps will not be on. The release, to turn the high beams on. turn signal/lane change lever all the instrument panel cluster will be lit. To return to low beams, push the way toward you, then release it. lever again or pull it toward you and When the exterior lamp band is release. Daytime Running turned to the headlamp position, the low-beam headlamps come on. The Lamps (DRL) other lamps that come on with the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) headlamps will also come on. system makes the low-beam To idle your vehicle with the DRL headlamps come on at a reduced off, move the shift lever to P (Park). brightness in daylight when the The DRL will stay off until the shift following conditions are met: lever is moved out of the P (Park) This indicator light turns on in the . The ignition is on. position. instrument panel cluster when the . The exterior lamp band is in the The regular headlamp system high‐beam headlamps are on. automatic position. should be turned on when needed. . The transmission is not in P (Park). . The light sensor determines it is daytime. . The parking brake is released.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Automatic Headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change System Signals When it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.

An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Do not cover the light sensor on top | (Hazard Warning Flasher): Raise or lower the lever until the of the instrument panel or the Press this button, on the center of arrow starts to flash to signal a lane headlamps will come on when they the instrument panel, to make the change. Hold it there until the lane are not needed. front and rear turn signal lamps change is complete. If the lever is flash on and off. This warns others The system may also turn on the briefly pressed and released, the that you are having trouble. headlamps when driving through a turn signal flashes three times. parking garage or tunnel. Press | again to turn the The lever returns to its starting flashers off. position when it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb may

Information Provided by:Provided Information be burned out. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb # FOG (Fog Lamps): Turn the fog Interior Lighting is not burned out, check the fuse; lamp band on the lever to # and see Fuses on page 10 36 for more ‑ release it, to turn the fog lamps on information. Instrument Panel or off. The band will return to its Illumination Control original position. Fog Lamps This control is located on the The parking lamps or low beam ‐ instrument panel, to the left of the headlamps must be on to use the steering column. fog lamps. D (Instrument Panel The fog lamps will go off whenever Brightness): Turn clockwise or the high-beam headlamps are counterclockwise to brighten or dim turned on. When the high beam ‐ the lights. headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. For vehicles with fog lamps, the Dome Lamps control is located on the turn signal/ Some localities have laws that lane change lever. require the headlamps to be on There are front and rear dome along with the fog lamps. lamps. Use the fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions. The dome lamp controls are located in the overhead console. To change the settings, press the following: * (Dome Lamp Override): Turns the lamps off, even when a door is open. 1 (Door): The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

+ (On): Turns the dome lamps on. Lighting Features Battery Load The dome lamps can also be turned Management on and off by pressing the buttons Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power next to the lamps. The dome lamp, cargo lamp, and Management (EPM) that estimates foot lamp inside the vehicle come the battery's temperature and state Reading Lamps on when any door is opened, if the of charge. It then adjusts the voltage The reading lamps are located on dome lamp is in the door position. In for best performance and extended the overhead console. These lamps addition, these lamps come on life of the battery. come on automatically when any when the Remote Keyless Entry When the battery's state of charge door is opened. (RKE) unlock button is pressed. is low, the voltage is raised slightly They stay on for 20 seconds or until For manual operation, press the to quickly bring the charge back up. a door is opened. After the door is When the state of charge is high, button next to each lamp to turn it opened and then closed, the light on or off. the voltage is lowered slightly to remains on for 20 seconds, or until prevent overcharging. If the vehicle the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the enough at idle to produce all of the driver. If so, a DIC message might power needed for very high be displayed, such as BATTERY electrical loads. SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY A high electrical load occurs when VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. several of the following are on, such If one of these messages displays, it as: headlamps, high beams, fog is recommended that the driver lamps, rear window defogger, reduce the electrical loads as much climate control fan at high speed, as possible. See Driver Information heated seats, engine cooling fans, Center (DIC) on page 5‑24. trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction Infotainment Rear Seat Audio (RSA) System System ...... 7-34 Infotainment Phone Read the following pages to Introduction Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-36 become familiar with the audio Bluetooth (Infotainment system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Controls) ...... 7-38 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Bluetooth (Voice Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3 Recognition) ...... 7-42 { WARNING Overview (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) ...... 7-5 Trademarks and License Taking your eyes off the road for Operation ...... 7-10 Agreements extended periods could cause a Radio Trademarks and License crash resulting in injury or death to you or others. Do not give AM-FM Radio (Radio Agreements ...... 7-49 with CD) ...... 7-14 extended attention to AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD entertainment tasks while driving. and Touchscreen) ...... 7-16 Satellite Radio ...... 7-19 This system provides access to Radio Reception ...... 7-23 many audio and non‐audio listings. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-23 Audio Players CD Player ...... 7-24 MP3 ...... 7-27 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-28

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation System road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation while the vehicle is parked: Adding audio or communication system, see the separate navigation . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with manual. operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, audio system. or other systems, and could Theft-Deterrent Feature damage them. Follow federal . Set up the tone, speaker The theft-deterrent feature works by adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. learning a portion of the Vehicle stations. Identification Number (VIN) to the For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained infotainment system. The Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑3. infotainment system does not the audio system can be played operate if it is stolen or moved to a This vehicle's infotainment system even after the ignition is turned off. different vehicle. may be equipped with a noise See Retained Accessory Power reduction system which can work (RAP) on page 9‑25 for more improperly if the audio amplifier, information. engine calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. g SEEK . Radio: Seeks the previous station. . CD: Selects the previous track or rewinds within a track. C. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. D. RADIO/BAND . Changes the band while listening to the radio. . Selects the radio when listening to a different audio source.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

E. Buttons 1 to 6 I. MENU/SEL M. l SEEK . . Radio: Saves and selects Press: Opens the menus . Radio: Seeks the next favorite stations. and selects menu items. station. . F. AUX Turn: Highlights menu . CD: Selects the next track items or sets values while . Selects a connected or fast forwards within a external audio source. in a menu. Manually track. selects radio stations while G. E BACK listening to the radio. N. H . Menu: Moves one J. k . Opens the clock menu. level back. . CD: Plays or pauses O. CONFIG . Character Input: Deletes the CD. . Opens the settings menu. the last character. K. CD P. X (CD Eject) H. INFO . Selects the CD player . Removes a disc from the . Radio: Shows available when listening to a CD slot. information about the different audio source. current station. Q. TONE L. 5 / ? . CD: Shows available . Opens the tone menu. information about the . Opens the phone current track. main menu. . Mutes the audio system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD All functions are available when the vehicle is parked. Do the following { WARNING and Touchscreen) before driving: Keeping your eyes on the road and Taking your eyes off the road too . Become familiar with the long or too often while using the your mind on the drive is important infotainment system operation, for safe driving. The infotainment navigation system could cause a buttons on the faceplate, and crash and you or others could be system has built-in features touch-sensitive screen buttons. intended to help with this by injured or killed. Focus your disabling some features when . Set up the audio by presetting attention on driving and limit driving. A grayed-out function is not favorite stations, setting the glances at the moving map on the available when the vehicle is tone, and adjusting the navigation screen. Use voice moving. speakers. guidance whenever possible. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called Infotainment System Overview easily by pressing a single button or a single voice The infotainment system is command for vehicles equipped controlled by using the buttons on with phone capability. the faceplate and the touch screen. See “Infotainment Control Buttons” in this section for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

A. VOL/ O B. g (Seek Down) C. FAV (Favorite Pages 1-6) D. SOURCE E. Buttons 1 to 6 F. F HOME (Home Page) G. E BACK H. INFO (Information) I. MENU/SEL (Menu/Select) J. k (Play/Pause) K. ? (Mute) L. 5 (Phone Menu) M. l (Seek Up) N. H (Clock Menu) O. CONFIG (Configuration Menu) P. X (Eject) Q. TONE

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Infotainment Control Buttons INFO (Information): Press to FAV (Favorite Pages 1-6): Press toggle through an audio information to display the current page number The buttons on the faceplate are screen. above the preset buttons. The used to start primary functions while stored stations for each list display using the infotainment system. CONFIG (Configure): Press to adjust features for radio, display, on the touch-sensitive preset VOL/ O (Volume/Power): phone, vehicle, and time. buttons at the bottom of the screen. The number of preset FAV lists can 1. Press to turn the system on HOME: See “Home Page” following be changed in the and off. in this section. Configuration Menu. 2. Turn to adjust the volume. MENU/SEL: Turn to highlight a l (Seek Up): feature. Press to activate the k (Play/Pause): Press k to start, 1. Press to seek the next track. pause, and resume playback. See highlighted feature. CD Player on page 7‑24, and MP3 5 (Phone): See Bluetooth 2. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. on page 7‑27 for more information. (Overview) on page 7‑36 or SOURCE: Press to change the Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on 3. Release the button to return to audio sources such as AM-FM page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice playing speed. See CD Player Radio, XM™ (if equipped), CD, Recognition) on page 7‑42 for more on page 7‑24 and MP3 on and AUX. information. page 7‑27 for more information. TONE: Press to access the sound E BACK: Press to return to the 4. For AM, FM, or XM (if equipped), menu screen to adjust bass, previous screen in a menu. press to seek to the next strong midrange, and treble. See AM-FM If on a page accessed directly by a station. Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14 faceplate button or Home Page or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and screen button, pressing E BACK Touchscreen) on page 7 16 for ‑ will go to the previous menu. more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

g (Seek Down): Touch Screen Buttons Info: Press to toggle through an audio information screen. 1. Press to seek to the beginning of Touch screen buttons are on the the current or previous track. screen and highlighted when a The Home Page Menu lists the If the track has been playing for feature is available. Some toggle options Customize Home Page and less than five seconds, it seeks screen buttons highlight when active Restore Home Page Defaults. the previous track. If longer than and gray out when inactive. Out of all available Home Page five seconds, the current track Home Page icons, up to eight icons can be starts from the beginning. selected and sorted for the first The infotainment system displays a 2. Press and hold to quickly Home Page screen. home page that makes accessing reverse through a track. Release many of the features an easy Home Page Features the button to return to playing process. speed. See CD Player on Various functions are disabled when page 7‑24 and MP3 on Back: If on page two of the Home the vehicle is moving. page 7‑27 for more information. Page, press Back to return to page Press the Now Playing screen one of the Home Page. If on page 3. For AM, FM, or XM (if equipped), button to display the active source one, Back serves no function. press to seek to the previous page. The sources available are strong station. Home: While navigating through AM, FM, XM (if equipped), CD, other menus, press to go back to USB/iPod, and AUX. Preset Buttons (1-6): The preset the Home Page to start a different buttons numbered one through six See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD) feature. can be used to select stored AM, on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio FM, and XM (if equipped) stations. FAV: Press to display a page of (Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on stored (favorite) AM, FM, or XM (if page 7 16, Satellite Radio on H : Press to set the time. ‑ equipped) stations. Keep pressing page 7‑19, CD Player on page 7‑24, X (Eject): Press to eject a disc FAV to scroll through the favorite and Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑28. from the CD player. See CD Player pages. on page 7‑24.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Press the Phone screen button to page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio (Radio Press the CD screen button to display the Phone main page. See withCD and Touchscreen) on display the CD main page and play Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑36 page 7‑16. the current or last CD track or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Press the FM screen button to selected. See CD Player on on page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice display the FM main page and play page 7‑24. Recognition) on page 7‑42. the current or last tuned FM station. Press the USB screen button to See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD) display the USB main page and play on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio the current or last track selected. (Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑28. page 7‑16. Press the AUX screen button to Press the AM screen button to access any connected auxiliary display the AM main page and play device. See Auxiliary Devices on the current or last tuned AM station. page 7‑28. See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio Languages Press the Config screen button to (Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on The vehicle supports English, display the Config main page. From page 7‑16. French (Canadian), and Spanish. this display, you can adjust features Press the XM screen button (if The default language is English. such as time and date, radio, equipped) to display the XM main To change the display language, phone, vehicle, and display. page and play the current or last see Vehicle Personalization on Press the Tone screen button to tuned XM channel. See AM-FM page 5‑34 for more information. display the Tone main page. Adjust Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14 the tone and speakers by pressing or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and the screen buttons to change the Touchscreen) on page 7‑16 and levels of sound for treble, midrange, Satellite Radio on page 7‑19. bass, fade, and balance. See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD) on Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

English and Metric Unit Operation 5 / ? (Mute): For vehicles with Conversion 5 ? Controls OnStar, press and hold / to To change the display units between mute the infotainment system. Press English and metric units, see Driver The infotainment system is operated and hold 5 / ? again, or turn the by using the pushbuttons, Information Center (DIC) on VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. page 5‑24 for more information. multifunction knobs, display menus, and steering wheel controls, For vehicles without OnStar, press Cleaning the Display if equipped. 5 / ? to mute the infotainment Notice: Using abrasive cleaners Turning the System On or Off system. Press 5 / ? again, or turn when cleaning glass surfaces the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. could scratch the glass. Use only VOL/O (Volume/Power): Press to a soft cloth and do not spray turn the system on and off. Menu System cleaner directly on the system as it could affect the mechanical Automatic Switch‐Off Controls parts. If the infotainment system has been The MENU/SEL knob and the E Do not wipe the panel with a hard turned on after the ignition is turned BACK button are used to cloth or use a volatile liquid such as off, the system will turn off navigate the menu system. paint thinner; it could scratch the automatically after 10 minutes. MENU/SEL (Menu/Select): surface or erase the characters on Volume Control Press to: the buttons. . VOL/O (Volume/Power): Turn to Enter the menu system. adjust the volume. . Select or activate the highlighted menu option. . Confirm a set value. . Turn a system setting on or off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Turn to: Selecting a Menu Option Activating a Setting . Highlight a menu option. . Select a value. E BACK: Press to: . Exit a menu. . Return from a submenu screen to the previous menu screen. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to . Delete the last character in a move the highlighted bar. highlight the setting. sequence. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to F : Press to go to main menu. select the highlighted option. activate the setting. SOURCE: Press to: Submenus Setting a Value . Displays menu of AM, FM, XM, CD, or AUX. . Press to toggle through menu.

An arrow on the right‐hand edge of 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to the menu indicates that it has a change the current value of the submenu with other options. setting. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to confirm the setting.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

Turning a Function On or Off Press the E BACK button to Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, delete the last character in the and Bass sequence or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Audio Settings The audio settings can be set for 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to each radio band and each audio highlight the function. player source. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to To quickly reset an audio setting 2. Select Treble, Midrange, turn the function on or off. value to 0: or Bass. Entering a Character Sequence 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select the value. 2. Select the audio setting. Press the E BACK button to go 3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL back to the Tone Settings menu. button until the value changes to 0. Press the E BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to highlight the character. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to select the character.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Adjusting the Fader and Balance Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) System Settings For vehicles that have an equalizer: Configuring the Number of Favorite Pages

1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select Fader or Balance. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select the value. 2. Select EQ. To configure the number of available favorite pages: Press the E BACK button to go 3. Select the setting. 1. Press the CONFIG button. back to the Tone Settings menu. Press the E BACK button to go 2. Select Radio Settings. back to the Tone Settings menu. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 4. Select the number of available favorite pages. 5. Press the E BACK button to go back to the System Configuration menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when automatically adjusts the radio the Radio with CD is first turned on AM-FM Radio (Radio volume to compensate for road and can be set. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up with CD) or slows down, so that the volume Control Buttons level is consistent. The buttons used to control the The level of volume compensation radio are: can be selected, or the auto volume feature can be turned off. RADIO/BAND or SOURCE: Press to turn the radio on and choose 1. Press the CONFIG button. between AM, FM, XM™, if equipped, CD, or AUX. 2. Select Radio Settings. MENU/SEL: Turn to manually 3. Select Maximum Startup search for stations. Volume. D HOME: Press to go to the 4. Select the setting. main menu. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the E BACK button to FAV: Press to open the 2. Select Radio Settings. go back to the System favorites list. Configuration menu. 3. Select Auto Volume. l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to 4. Select the setting. search for stations. Press and hold to scan for stations. 5. Press the E BACK button to k : Press to pause the CD. go back to the System Configuration menu. 1 to 6: Press to select preset stations. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Manual Tuning The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND or Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select feature is available for use only on SOURCE button to choose AM, FM, the frequency on the display. FM stations that broadcast RDS or XM , if equipped. The last ™ Favorites List information. This feature only works station that was playing starts when the information from the radio playing again. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. station is available. In rare cases, a 2. Select Favorites List. radio station could broadcast Selecting a Station 3. Select the station. incorrect information that causes the Seek Tuning radio features to work improperly. Station Lists If this happens, contact the radio If the radio station is not known: 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. station. Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, While the radio is tuned to an to automatically search for the next 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All FM-RDS station, the station name available station. If a station is not receivable stations in the current or call letters display. found, the radio switches to a more reception area are displayed. If a sensitive search level. If a station station list has not been created, Radio Menus still is not found, the frequency that an automatic station search Radio menus are available for AM was last active begins to play. is done. and FM. If the radio station is known: 3. Select the station. Press the MENU/SEL knob to open Press and hold g SEEK or the main radio menu for that band. l SEEK until the station on the display is reached, then release the button.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Category Lists Updating Station & Category Lists Retrieving Stations Most stations that broadcast an If stations stored in the station list Press the FAV button to open a RDS program type code specify the can no longer be received: favorite page or to switch to another type of programming transmitted. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. favorite page. Briefly press one of Some stations change the program the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the type code depending on the 2. Select Update AM or FM Station station. content. The system stores the RDS List, if the stations stored in the stations sorted by program type in station list are no longer AM-FM Radio (Radio the FM category list. received. A station search will be completed and the first station in withCD and Touchscreen) To search for a programming type the updated list will play. determined by station: Playing the Radio To cancel the station search, press Audio Source 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. the MENU/SEL knob. 2. Select FM category list. A list of VOL/ O (Power/Volume): all programming types available Storing a Station as a Favorite 1. Press to turn the radio on or off. displays. Stations from all bands can be 3. Select the programming type. stored in any order in the favorite 2. Turn to increase or decrease the A list of stations that transmit pages. volume of the active source (i.e., current audio source, active programming of the selected Up to six stations can be stored in navigation voice guidance, type displays. each favorite page and the number or traffic prompts). 4. Select the station. of available favorite pages can be set. The steering wheel controls can The category lists are updated also be used to adjust the volume. when the station lists are Storing a Station as a Favorite See "Steering Wheel Controls" on updated. To store the station to a position in page 5‑2 for more information. the list, press the corresponding button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

To access the radio main page, Setting the Tone To adjust the speaker fade: press the SOURCE button on the To adjust the tone: . Press the upper arrow for more faceplate, the Now Playing screen sound from the front speakers button, or one of the audio screen . Treble: Press + or − to change the level. and the lower arrow for more buttons on the Home Page. sound from the rear speakers. While on the audio main page, . Middle (Midrange): Press + The middle position balances press the Source button repeatedly or − to change the level. the sound between the front and to display and cycle through the . Bass: Press + or − to change rear speakers. available sources (AM, FM, and XM the level. (if equipped), CD, USB/iPod, EQ Settings and AUX). Adjusting the Speakers The EQ settings are selected To adjust the speaker balance: through the tone menu. Press the Infotainment System Menus left or right arrows to cycle through . Press the left arrow on the Tone Settings the EQ options. The available bottom for more sound from the choices are Pop, Rock, Jazz, To access the tone settings, press left speakers or the right arrow Classical, and Talk. the Home Page Tone button or the on the bottom for more sound TONE button on the faceplate. from the right speakers. The Finding a Station middle position balances the Use the tone settings to adjust the To select the band, see “Audio sound between the left and right following features: Source” earlier in this section. speakers. . Setting the tone Turn the MENU/SEL knob to find a radio station. To select a preset . Adjusting the speakers station, touch the FAV button and choose a preset station.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

Seeking a Station 3. Press to select the desired Storing Radio Station Presets option. To update the station list, g l There are a few ways to store Press or to search for a touch Refresh. station. presets. XM (If Equipped) AM Up to 36 preset stations can be 1. Press the XM screen button on stored. AM, FM, and XM, 1. Press the AM screen button on the Home Page or select XM if equipped, can be mixed. the Home Page or select AM from the source pop-up to 1. From the AM, FM, or XM main from the source pop-up to display the XM main page. display the AM main page. page, press and hold one of the 2. From the XM screen, press the preset screen buttons located at 2. From the AM screen, press the Menu screen button to display the bottom of the screen. After a Menu screen button to display the XM categories. few seconds, a beep will be the AM stations. heard and the new preset 3. Touch a desired category and information will display on that 3. Press to select the desired then turn the TUNE/MENU knob screen button. option. To update the station list, to scroll the station list. touch Refresh. 2. Touch and hold a preset button Changing the Sources FM to store the currently active To change audio sources from any station. After a few seconds, a 1. Press the FM screen button on of the audio main pages (AM, FM, beep will be heard and the new the Home Page or select FM XM, CD, USB/iPod, or AUX), press preset information will display on from the source pop-up to the SOURCE button on the a small pop-up display at the display the FM main page. faceplate or the Source screen bottom of the screen. 2. From the FM screen, press the button to display a pop-up of 3. Repeat the steps for each Menu screen button to display available audio sources. Touch-tap preset. the FM stations. or press the SOURCE button on the faceplate repeatedly to change the To change the number of preset desired source. pages, see “Mixed-Band Presets” following for more information. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Recalling a Preset Station Mixed-Band Presets XM Satellite Radio Service To recall a preset station from a FAV Each page can store six preset XM is a satellite radio service based page, do the following: stations. The presets within a page in the 48 contiguous United States . Press the FAV button on the can be from different radio bands. and 10 Canadian provinces. XM faceplate to display the FAV To scroll through the pages, press Satellite Radio has a wide variety of pop-up. Select the desired the FAV button located on the programming and commercial-free preset from the pop-up. faceplate or the FAV screen button music, coast to coast, and in on the top bar. The current page digital-quality sound. If XM service . Press the FAV screen button at needs to be reactivated, the radio the top bar to display the preset number displays above the preset buttons. The stored stations for will display “No Subscription Please pop-up that appears at the Renew on channel XM1.” A service bottom of the page. Press one of each FAV page display on the preset buttons at the bottom of the fee is required to receive the XM the preset screen buttons to go service. For more information, to the selected preset station. screen. The number of FAV pages displayed can be changed in the contact XM at www.xmradio.com or . In the AM, FM, or XM Radio Settings in the call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and (if equipped) main page, press Configuration Menu. www.xmradio.ca or call one of the preset screen buttons 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. to go to the selected preset Satellite Radio Control Buttons station. Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite The buttons used to control the XM Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite radio are: Radio subscription can receive XM SOURCE: Press to turn the radio programming. on and choose between AM, FM, and XM™, if equipped. g SEEK or l SEEK: Press to go to the previous or next station.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

FAV: Press to open the To add or remove categories: Selecting a Channel Using the favorites list. 1. Press the CONFIG button. MENU/SEL Knob 1 to 6: Press to select preset 2. Select Radio Settings. To select an XM channel using the stations. MENU/SEL knob: 3. Select XM Categories. MENU/SEL: Turn to select stations. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Press to open the XM Satellite 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to highlight an XM channel. The Radio menu. highlight the category. channel is selected after a short delay. Selecting the XM Band 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to remove or add the category. To select a channel using the menu: Press the SOURCE button to choose between the AM, FM, and Selecting an XM Channel 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and XM bands. The last channel played XM channels can be selected by select Channel List. in that band begins to play when using g SEEK, l SEEK, the 2. Select the desired channel. that band is selected. MENU/SEL knob, or the menu Selecting a Channel Using the Removing or Adding system. Menu System Categories (Radio with CD) Selecting a Channel Using 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. XM channels are organized in g SEEK or l SEEK 2. Select XM Category List. categories. . Press and release g SEEK or 3. Select the category. Channels in a category that have l SEEK to go to the previous been removed can still be accessed 4. Select the channel. or next channel. by using the g SEEK or l SEEK buttons, or the MENU/SEL knob. . Press and hold g SEEK or l SEEK to scroll through the previous or next channel until the channel is reached.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

Storing an XM Channel as a Removing or Adding Turning XM Album Art On or Off Favorite Categories (Radio with CD and 1. From the Home Page press the Channels from all bands can be Touchscreen) Config screen button or the stored in any order in the favorite Removing or Adding Categories CONFIG button on the faceplate. pages. 1. From the Home Page press the 2. Select Radio Settings from the Up to six channels can be stored in Config screen button or the Config Menu list. each favorite page and the number CONFIG button on the faceplate. 3. Select XM Album Art to turn on of available favorite pages can or off. be set. 2. Select Radio Settings from the Config Menu list. XM Messages Storing a Channel as a Favorite 3. Select Add/Remove XM XL (Explicit Language To store the channel to a position Categories. Channels): These channels, or any in the list, press and hold the corresponding 1 to 6 button until the 4. From the Add/Remove XM others, can be blocked by request, channel can be heard again. Categories screen, select or by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the deselect any category to be U.S. and 1-877-438-9677 in Retrieving Channels used in XM mode. A checkmark Canada. Press the FAV button to open a will indicate that the category is XM Updating: The encryption code favorite page or to change to selected. in the receiver is being updated, no another favorite page. Briefly press action is required. This process one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve should take no longer than the channel. 30 seconds.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Loading XM: The audio system is No CAT Info: The system is CAT Not Found: The system is acquiring and processing audio and working properly. No category working properly. There are no text data; no action is needed. This information is available at this time channels available for the selected message should disappear shortly. on this channel. category. Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: The system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, not currently in service. Tune in to working properly. No text or this message alternates with the XM another channel. informational messages are Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This Channel Unauth: This channel is available at this time on this label is needed to activate the blocked or cannot be received with channel. service. your XM subscription package. No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is Channel Unavailable: This The XM subscription needs to be received when tuned to channel 0, previously assigned channel is no reactivated. Contact XM at there could be a receiver fault. longer assigned. Tune to another www.xmradio.com or Consult with your dealer. station. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., Check Antenna: If this message and www.xmradio.ca or does not clear within a short period No Artist Info: The system is 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. working properly. No artist of time, the receiver could have a information is available at this time No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer. on this channel. working properly. The vehicle may XM Not Available: If this message be in a location where the XM signal does not clear within a short period No Title Info: The system is is being blocked. When the vehicle working properly. No song title of time, the receiver could have a is moved into an open area, the fault. Consult with your dealer. information is available at this time signal should return. on this channel.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Radio Reception AM Cellular Phone Usage Frequency interference and static The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage can cause can occur during normal radio greater than for FM, especially at interference with the vehicle's radio. reception if items such as cell phone night. The longer range can cause chargers, vehicle convenience station frequencies to interfere with Multi-Band Antenna accessories, and external electronic each other. Static can occur when things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is on the devices are plugged into the roof of the vehicle. The antenna is accessory power outlet. If there is interfere with radio reception. When used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar, interference or static, unplug the this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. the XM Satellite Radio Service item from the accessory power System, and GPS (Global outlet. XM™ Satellite Radio Service Positioning System), if the vehicle has these features. Keep the FM XM Satellite Radio Service gives antenna clear of obstructions for digital radio reception from coast to FM signals only reach about 16 to clear reception. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the coast in the 48 contiguous United radio has a built-in electronic circuit States, and in Canada. Just as with that automatically works to reduce FM, tall buildings or hills can interference, some static can occur, interfere with satellite radio signals, especially around tall buildings or causing the sound to fade in and hills, causing the sound to fade in out. In addition, traveling or standing and out. under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

Audio Players There can be increased skipping, Loading and Ejecting Discs difficulty in recording tracks, To load a disc: difficulty in finding tracks, and/or CD Player difficulty in loading and ejecting. 1. Turn the vehicle on. The player can be used for CD and If these problems occur, check the 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label MP3 audio. disc for damage or try a known side up. The player pulls it in the good disc. With the vehicle on, insert a disc rest of the way. If the disc is into the slot, label side up. The To avoid damage to the CD player: damaged or improperly loaded, there is an error and the disc player pulls it in and begins playing. . Do not use scratched or ejects. While playing, the navigation damaged discs. system is available. The disc automatically plays once . Do not apply labels to discs. The loaded. The system is capable of playing: labels could get caught in the . Most audio CDs player. Press X to eject a disc from the . CD-R . Insert only one disc at a time. CD player. If the disc is not removed within a short period of time, it is . . CD-RW Keep the loading slot free of automatically pulled back into the foreign materials, liquids, and . player. MP3 or unprotected WMA debris. formats . Use a marking pen to label the When playing any compatible top of the disc. recordable disc, the sound quality can be reduced due to disc quality, the method of recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, or the way the disc has been handled.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Control Buttons Information about the disc and Selecting an MP3 Track The buttons used to control the CD current track is shown on the Using the control buttons: player are: display depending on the data stored. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to CD: Press to choose between the select the previous or next track. CD and AUX player. Selecting a CD Track . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to Using the control buttons: Using the CD Menu: select tracks or to fast forward or . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to rewind within a track. select the previous or next track. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. INFO: Press to display additional . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. 2. Select Playlists/Folders. information about the CD that may be available. Using the CD Menu: 3. Select the playlist or folder. MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. 4. Select the track. X (Eject): Press to remove 2. Select Tracks list. Searching for MP3 Tracks the CD. 3. Select the track. The search feature may take some k time to display the information after : Press to pause a CD or MP3 Playing Tracks in Random Order track; press again to resume reading the disc due to the amount playback. Press the MENU/SEL knob and of information stored on the disc. then set Shuffle Songs to On. FM automatically plays while the Playing an Audio CD (Radio disc is being read. with CD) Fast Forward and Rewind Press the CD button. If there is a Press and hold l SEEK or disc in the player it begins playing. g SEEK to fast forward or rewind within the current track.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Tracks can be searched by: 2. From the CD screen, press the l SEEK (Seek Up): Menu screen button to display . Playlists . the menu options. Press to seek to the next track. . Artists . 3. Press to select the desired Press and hold to fast forward . Albums option. through a track. Release the button to return to playing . Song Titles On the CD main page a track speed. Elapsed time displays. . Genres number displays at the beginning of each track. Song, Artist, and Album MENU/SEL: Turn to the right or left . Folder View information displays when available. to select the next or previous track. Press this knob to select the menu. To search for tracks: Use the following controls to play If a track is selected from the list, 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. the disc: the system plays the track and 2. Select Search. k (Play/Pause): Use to start, returns to the CD screen. pause, or resume play. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Error Messages g SEEK (Seek Down): Song Titles, Genres, If Disc Error displays and/or the disc or Folder View. . Press to seek to the beginning of comes out, it could be for one of the 4. Select the track. the current or previous track. following reasons: If the track has been playing for . The disc has an invalid or Playing an Audio CD (Radio less than five seconds, it seeks unknown format. with CD and Touchscreen) to the previous track. If longer . 1. Press the CD screen button on than five seconds, the current The disc is very hot. Try the disc the Home Page or select CD track starts from the beginning. again when the temperature returns to normal. from the source pop-up to . Press and hold to fast reverse display the CD main page. through a track. Release the . The road is very rough. Try the button to return to playing disc again when the road is speed. Elapsed time displays. smoother.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, The following guidelines must be MP3 Music Menu or upside down. met when creating an MP3 disc, Press the Menu screen button while . The air is very humid. Try the otherwise the CD might not play: that source is active to access disc again later. . Sampling rate: 16 kHz, the menu. . There was a problem while 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, Press any of the following buttons burning the disc. 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. on the MP3 Menu: . . The label is caught in the CD Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, Shuffle Songs: Press to play the player. 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, tracks randomly. Press again to stop 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, shuffle. If the CD is not playing correctly, for and 320 kbps. any other reason, try a known Playlists: Press to view the . good CD. Maximum number of folders: playlists stored on the disc. Select a eight folders with 255 files per playlist to view the list of all songs in If any error continues, contact your folder. dealer. that playlist. There might be a delay . Maximum of 1,000 files on before the list displays. Select a MP3 a disc. song from the list to begin playback. . Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW Artists: Press to view the list of Playing an MP3 CD with a maximum capacity of artists stored on the disc. Select an To play an MP3 CD, follow the same 700 MB. artist name to view a list of all songs by the artist. There might be a delay instructions as “Playing an . The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ Audio CD.” Genre information requires a CD before the list displays. Select a to be fully scanned before the song from the list to begin playback. music navigator works with Albums: Press to view the albums these menus. on the disc. Select the album to view a list of all songs on the album.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

There might be a delay before the Empty Folders Preprogrammed Playlists list displays. Select a song from the If a root directory or folder is empty The radio recognizes list to begin playback. or contains only folders, the player preprogrammed playlists; however, Song Titles: Press to display a list advances to the next folder in the there is no editing capability. These of all songs on the disc. Songs are file structure that contains a playlists are treated as special displayed as stored on the disc. compressed audio file. The empty folders containing compressed There might be a delay before the folder(s) are not displayed or audio song files. list displays. To begin playback, numbered. select a song from the list. No Folder Auxiliary Devices Genres: Press to view the genres. This vehicle has an auxiliary input Select a genre to view a list of all When the CD only contains compressed audio files without any jack in the center console. Possible songs of that genre. Select a song auxiliary audio sources include: from the list to begin playback. folders or playlists, all files are under the root folder. . Laptop computer Folders: Press to open a folder list to access the files within the folder File System and Naming . MP3 player structure. The song titles, artists, albums, and . Tape player Root Directory genres are taken from the file's ID3 The auxiliary input allows portable tag and are only displayed if present devices to be connected using the The root directory is treated as a in the tag. If a song title is not 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the folder. All files contained directly present in the ID3 tag, the radio optional USB port. under the root directory are displays the file name as the accessed prior to any root directory track name. Portable devices are controlled by folders. using the menu system described in Operation on page 7‑10.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

If an auxiliary device has already Connecting and Controlling been connected, but a different an iPod® source is currently active, press the Not all iPods can be controlled by Now Playing screen button on the the infotainment system. Home Page, then press Source repeatedly to cycle through all of the Connecting an iPod available audio source screens, until Connect the iPod to the USB port. the AUX source screen is selected. Searching for a Track Playback of an audio device connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary Tracks can be searched for by: input jack can only be controlled . Playlists using the controls on the device. . Artists The auxiliary input is located in the Playing from a USB Port center console. . (Radio with CD) Albums This jack is not an audio output. Do . Song Titles not plug headphones into the For vehicles with a USB port, the . Podcasts auxiliary input jack. Drivers are following devices may be connected encouraged to set up any auxiliary and controlled by the infotainment . Genres system. device while the vehicle is in . Audiobooks P (Park). . iPods® . Composers Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) from the auxiliary device to the . USB Drives auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, the system . Zunes™ automatically begins playing audio Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, from the device over the vehicle and Zunes are compatible with the speakers. infotainment system. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

To search for tracks: On: Repeats the current track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Off: Playback starts from the Song Titles, Podcasts, or Genres. 2. Select Search. beginning of the current track after the last track finishes. 4. Select the track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Connecting and Controlling a Shuffle Functionality Audiobooks, or Composers. PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Press the MENU/SEL knob and set or Zune™ 4. Select the track. Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Connect the PFD or Zune to the or Off. Shuffle USB port. On: Plays current tracks in random Press the MENU/SEL knob and set Searching for a Track order. Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or E Tracks can be searched for by: Off: Plays current tracks in Off, then press the BACK sequential order. button to return to the main screen. . Playlists Repeat Functionality On: Plays tracks in the current . Artists folder in random order. . Albums Press the MENU/SEL knob and set Repeat to On or Off. Off: Plays tracks in the current . Song Titles folder in sequential order. Repeat On: Repeats the current . Podcasts track. Repeat . Genres Repeat Off: Playback starts from Press the MENU/SEL knob and set To search for tracks: the beginning of the current track Repeat to On or Off, then press the after the last track finishes. E BACK button to return to the 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. main screen. 2. Select Search.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Playing from a USB (Radio . The following restrictions apply To play a USB device, do one of the with CD and Touchscreen) for the data stored on a USB following: MP3 player or USB device: A USB mass storage device or . Connect the USB and it begins Microsoft Transfer Protocal (MTP) ‐ Maximum folder structure to play. depth: 11 levels. device can be connected to the . Press the Now Playing screen USB port. ‐ Maximum number of MP3/ button on the Home Page, then The USB port is in the center WMA files that can be press the SOURCE button on console. displayed: 1,000 the faceplate repeatedly to cycle . WMA with Digital Rights through all of the available audio The USB icon displays when the source screens, until the USB USB device is connected. Management (DRM) from online music shops cannot be played. source screen is selected. USB MP3 Player and USB Drives WMA files can only be played While the USB source is active, use back safely if they were created . The USB MP3 players and USB the following to operate USB drives connected must comply with Windows Media Player function: version 8 or later. with the USB Mass Storage k (Play/Pause): Press to start, Class specification (USB MSC). ‐ Applicable playlist extensions pause, or resume play of the current are: .m3u, .pls. . Only USB MP3 players and USB media source. drives with a sector size or ‐ Playlist entries must be in the g SEEK (Seek Down): 512 bytes and a cluster size form of relative paths. smaller or equal to 32 kbytes in 1. Press to seek to the beginning of ‐ The system attribute for the current or previous track. the FAT32 file system are folders/files that contain audio supported. If the track has been playing for data must not be set. less than five seconds, the . Hard disk drives are not previous track plays. If playing supported. longer than five seconds, the current track restarts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

2. Press and hold to reverse Artists: Press to view the list of Folders: Press to open a folder list quickly through playback. artists stored on the USB. Select an to access the files within the folder 3. Release to return to playing artist name to view a list of all structure. speed. Elapsed time displays. albums by the artist. There might be a delay before the list displays. To File System and Naming l SEEK (Seek Up): select a song, touch All Songs then The song titles, artists, albums, and 1. Press to seek to the next track. select a song or touch an album genres are taken from the file's ID3 then select a song from the list to tag and are only displayed if present 2. Press and hold to advance begin playback. in the tag. If a song title is not quickly through playback. Albums: Press to view the albums present in the ID3 tag, the radio Release to return to playing displays the file name as the speed. Elapsed time displays. on the USB. Select the album to view a list of all songs on the album. track name. USB Menu There might be a delay before the Playing from an iPod® Press any of the following buttons list displays. Select a song from the list to begin playback. This feature supports the following on the USB Menu: iPod models: Shuffle Songs: Press to play the Song Titles: Press to display a list of all songs on the USB. Songs are . iPod nano (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th tracks randomly. Press again to stop generation) shuffle. displayed as stored on the disc. There might be a delay before the . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5 Playlists: Press to view the list displays. To begin playback, generation). Video is not shown; playlists stored on the USB. Select select a song from the list. only audio is supported. a playlist to view the list of all songs in that playlist. There might be a Genres: Press to view the genres . iPod classic (6th generation) on the USB. Select a genre to view delay before the list displays. Select . iPod touch (1st and 2nd a list of all songs of that genre. a song from the list to begin generation) playback. Select a song from the list to begin playback.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

There may be problems with USB cable, the iPod battery stops Artists: operation and function in the charging and the iPod automatically 1. Press to view the artists stored following situations: turns off. on the iPod. . When connecting an iPod on If the iPod is an unsupported model, 2. Select an artist name to view a which a more recent version of it can still be listened to in the list of all songs by the artist. the firmware is installed than is vehicle by connecting to the supported by the infotainment auxiliary input jack using a standard 3. Select the desired song from the system. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. list to begin playback. . When connecting an iPod on Shuffle Songs: Press to play the Albums: which firmware from other tracks randomly. Press again to stop 1. Press to view the albums stored providers is installed. shuffle. on the iPod. To connect and control an iPod, Press any of the following buttons 2. Select an album name to view a connect one end of the standard on the iPod Menu: list of all songs on the album or iPod USB cable to the iPod's dock Playlists: select All Songs to view all connector. Connect the other end to songsby the artist. the USB port in the center console. 1. Press to view the playlists stored on the iPod. 3. Select the desired song from the iPod music information displays on list to begin playback. the radio’s display and begins 2. Select a playlist name to view a playing through the vehicle’s audio list of all songs in the playlist. Song Titles: system. 3. Select the desired song from the 1. Press to view a list of all songs The iPod battery recharges list to begin playback. stored on the iPod. automatically while the vehicle is on. 2. Select the desired song from the When the vehicle is off while an list to begin playback. iPod is connected using the iPod

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

Genres: Composers: Rear Seat 1. Press to view the genres stored 1. Press to view the composers on the iPod. stored on the iPod. Infotainment 2. Select a genre name to view a 2. Select a composer name to view Rear Seat Audio (RSA) list of artists of that genre. a list of all songs by that System 3. Select an artist to view albums composer. or All Songs to view all songs of 3. Select the desired song from the Vehicles with this feature allow the that genre. list to begin playback. rear seat passengers to listen to and control any of the music 4. Select album to view songs. Audio Books: sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other 5. Select the desired song from the 1. Press to view the audio books auxiliary sources. RSA can only list to begin playback. stored on the iPod. control music sources that the front seat passengers are not listening to, Podcasts: 2. Select an audio book name to except on radios where dual control view a list of all audio books. 1. Press to view the podcasts is allowed. stored on the iPod. 3. Select the desired audio book RSA can function when the front from the list to begin playback. 2. Select a podcast name to play radio is off. X displays on the ® the desired podcast. Playing from an iPhone infotainment system when RSA This feature supports the following is on. iPhone model: . iPhone (3G – 3GS) To use the iPhone, follow the same instructions as stated earlier for using an iPod.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Audio can be heard through © ¨ (Seek): While listening to the wired headphones (not included) radio, press to go to the previous or plugged into the jacks on the RSA. to the next station and stay there. If the vehicle has a Rear Seat If the front seat passengers are Entertainment system with wireless listening to the radio, this function headphones, audio can also be may be inactive on some radios. heard on Channel 2 of the wireless headphones. Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune” To listen to a portable audio device displays. Continue to press © or ¨ to through the RSA, attach the tune to an individual station. Tune P (Power): Press to turn the RSA portable audio device to either the on or off. stays active until © or ¨ has not front or rear auxiliary input, been pressed for several seconds. if available. Turn the device on, then Volume: Turn to increase or If the front seat passengers are choose the front auxiliary input with decrease the volume of the wired listening to the radio, this function the RSA SRCE button. headphones. The left knob controls may be inactive on some radios. the left headphones and the right knob controls the right. Use the While listening to a disc, press ¨ to volume control on the headphones go to the next track or chapter on for wireless headphones. the disc. Press © to go back to the SRCE (Source): Press to select start of the current track or chapter if between the radio, CD, and if these more than 10 seconds have played. features are available: DVD, front or If the front seat passengers are rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The front listening to a disc, this function may radio may override the rear be inactive on some radios. Press selection as required. and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or fast forward.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

When a DVD video menu is being When a disc is playing in the CD or Phone displayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up DVD changer, press and hold PROG to select the next disc, or down on the menu. Hold or to © ¨ if multiple discs are loaded. If the Bluetooth (Overview) cursor left or right on the menu. front seat passengers are listening For vehicles equipped with PROG (Program): Press to go to to a disc, this function may be Bluetooth capability, the system can the next preset radio station or inactive on some radios. interact with many cell phones, channel set on the main radio. If the The PROG button may be used to allowing: front seat passengers are listening access the menu of an MP3. Once . to the radio, this function may be Placement and receipt of calls in inactive on some radios. in the menu, use © or ¨ to make a hands-free mode. selections. . When a CD or DVD audio disc is Sharing of the cell phone’s playing, press PROG to go to the When a DVD video menu is address book or contact list with the vehicle. beginning of the disc or display disc displayed, press PROG, or press info. If the front seat passengers are and hold PROG to perform the To minimize driver distraction, listening to a disc, this function may menu function, then press ENTER. before driving, and with the vehicle be inactive on some radios. parked: . Become familiar with the features of the cell phone. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

. Review the controls and Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m operation of the infotainment { WARNING (30 ft). Not all phones support all system. functions and not all phones work When using a cell phone, it can . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. with the Bluetooth system. See be distracting to look too long or The system may not work with www.gm.com/bluetooth for more too often at the screen of the all cell phones. See “Pairing” in information about compatible this section for more information. phone or the infotainment phones. (navigation) system. Taking your . If the cell phone has voice eyes off the road too long or too Bluetooth Controls dialing capability, learn to use often could cause a crash Use the buttons located on the that feature to access the resulting in injury or death. Focus infotainment system and the address book or contact list. See your attention on driving. steering wheel to operate the Voice Pass-Thru in this section “ ” Bluetooth system. for more information. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system . See Storing and Deleting Phone Steering Wheel Controls “ can use a Bluetooth capable cell Numbers in this section for ‐ ” phone with a Hands Free Profile to b / g (Push To Talk) : Press to more information. ‐ make and receive phone calls. The answer incoming calls, confirm infotainment system and voice system information, and start voice recognition are used to control the recognition. system. The system can be used $ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to while in ON/RUN or ACC/ end a call, reject a call, or cancel an ACCESSORY. The range of the operation.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

Infotainment System Controls When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Statement on If equipped, the infotainment system indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑17 for information allows certain controls to be a voice command. Wait for the tone regarding Part 15 of the Federal selected on the infotainment display. and then speak. Communications Commission (FCC) How to Speak: Speak clearly in a rules and Industry Canada For information about how to Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. navigate the menu system using the calm and natural voice. infotainment controls, see Operation Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment on page 7‑10. When using the Bluetooth system, Controls) 5 or 5 \ ? (PHONE/MUTE): Press sound comes through the vehicle's to enter the Phone main menu. For information about how to front audio system speakers and navigate the menu system using the Press 5 \ ? to mute the audio overrides the audio system. Use the infotainment controls, see Operation system. VOL/ O knob during a call to on page 7‑10. Voice Recognition change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in Pairing The voice recognition system uses memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone commands to control the system maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth and dial phone numbers. Other Information system and then connected to the Noise: The system may not vehicle before it can be used. See ® recognize voice commands if there The Bluetooth word mark and your cell phone manufacturer's user ® is too much background noise. logos are owned by the Bluetooth guide for Bluetooth functions before SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth by General Motors is under license. phone is not connected, calls will be Other trademarks and trade names made using OnStar Hands‐Free are those of their respective owners. Calling, if available.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Pairing Information . If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Start the pairing process on the within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 system connects to the first vehicle. See the cell phone capability cannot be paired to available paired cell phone in the the vehicle as a phone and an manufacturer's user guide for order that they were first paired information on this process. MP3 player at the same time. to the system. To link to a 6. Locate the device named Your . Up to five cell phones can be different paired phone, see “ paired to the Bluetooth system. “Linking to a Different Phone” Vehicle” in the list on the cell later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions . The pairing process is disabled on the cell phone to enter the when the vehicle is moving. Pairing a Phone PIN provided in Step 4. After the . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press the CONFIG button. PIN is successfully entered, the completed once, unless the system prompts you to provide a 2. Select Phone Settings or pairing information on the cell name for the paired cell phone. Bluetooth Settings. phone changes or the cell phone This name will be used to is deleted from the system. 3. Select Bluetooth. indicate which phones are paired and connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). vehicle. The system responds A four digit Personal be connected to the Bluetooth ‐ with “ has been Identification Number (PIN) system at a time. successfully paired” after the appears on the display. The PIN pairing process is complete. is used in Step 6. 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair additional phones.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

Listing All Paired and Connected Linking to a Different Phone Making a Call Using Phones To link to a different phone, the new Phone Book 1. Press the CONFIG button. phone must be in the vehicle and For cell phones that support the 2. Select Phone Settings or available to be connected to the phone book feature, the Bluetooth Bluetooth Settings. Bluetooth system before the system can use the contacts stored process is started. on your cell phone to make calls. 3. Select Bluetooth. 1. Press the CONFIG button. See your cell phone's owner's guide 4. Select Device List. or contact your wireless provider to 2. Select Phone Settings or find out if this feature is supported Deleting a Paired Phone Bluetooth Settings. by your phone. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Bluetooth. When a cell phone supports the 2. Select Phone Settings or 4. Select Device List. phone book feature, the Phone Bluetooth Settings. Book and Call Lists menus are 5. Select the new phone to link to automatically available. 3. Select Bluetooth. and follow the on screen The Phone Book menu allows you 4. Select Device List. prompts. to access the phone book stored in If delete is selected, the 5. Select the phone to delete and the cell phone to make a call. follow the on screen prompts. highlighted phone will be deleted. The Call Lists menu allows you to access the phone numbers from the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Missed Calls menus on your cell phone to make a call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

To make a call using the Phone Making a Call Call Waiting Book menu: To make a call: Call waiting must be supported on 1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice the Bluetooth phone and enabled by 1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice (depending on the radio). the wireless service carrier to work. (depending on the radio). 2. Select Phone Book. Accepting a Call 2. Enter the character sequence. 3. Search through the list by See “Entering a Character Turn the MENU/SEL knob to selecting the letter group the Sequence” in Operation on “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL phone book entry begins with, page 7‑10 for more information. knob to accept the call. or press the MENU/SEL button 3. Select Call to start dialing the Declining a Call to scroll through the entire list of number. names/numbers in the Turn the MENU/SEL knob to phone book. Accepting or Declining a Call “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL knob to decline the call. 4. Select the name or number you When an incoming call is received, want to call. the infotainment system mutes and Switching Between Calls (Call To make a call using the Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Waiting Calls Only) Lists menu: Accepting a Call To switch between calls: 1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn or press the MENU/ (depending on the radio). “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL SEL knob. 2. Select Call Lists. knob to accept the call. 2. Select Switch Call from the menu. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Declining a Call Outgoing Calls, or Missed Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Calls list. “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL 4. Select the name or number you knob to decline the call. want to call. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

Conference Calling Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice Conference calling and three‐way Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob Recognition) calling must be supported on the and select Hang Up. Bluetooth phone and enabled by the Using Voice Recognition Muting a Call wireless service carrier to work. To use voice recognition, press the To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call b / g button located on the steering wheel. Use the commands below for current call: Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob the various voice features. For and select Mute Call. 1. Turn or press the MENU/ additional information, say “Help” SEL knob. To Cancel Mute while you are in a voice 2. Select Enter Number. Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob recognition menu. 3. Enter the character sequence and select Mute Call. Pairing then select Call. See “Entering a Dual Tone Multi-Frequency A Bluetooth enabled cell phone Character Sequence” in ‐ must be paired to the Bluetooth Operation on page 7‑10 for more (DTMF) Tones system and then connected to the information. The in vehicle Bluetooth system can ‐ vehicle before it can be used. See send numbers during a call. This is 4. After the call has been placed, your cell phone manufacturer's user turn or press the MENU/SEL used when calling a menu‐driven guide for Bluetooth functions before phone system. knob and choose Merge Calls. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth 5. To add more callers to the 1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL phone is not connected, calls will be conference call, repeat Steps 1 knob and select Enter Number. made using OnStar Hands‐Free through 4. The number of callers 2. Enter the character sequence. Calling, if available. See OnStar Overview on page 14 1 for more that can be added is limited by See “Entering a Character ‑ information. your wireless service carrier. Sequence” in Operation on page 7‑10 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Pairing Information . If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the within range of the system, the cell phone that you want to pair. . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 system connects to the first For help with this process, see capability cannot be paired to available paired cell phone in the the vehicle as a phone and an your cell phone manufacturer's order that they were first paired user guide. MP3 player at the same time. to the system. To link to a 5. Locate the device named Your . Up to five cell phones can be different paired phone, see “ paired to the Bluetooth system. “Linking to a Different Phone” Vehicle” in the list on the cell later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions . The pairing process is disabled on the cell phone to enter the when the vehicle is moving. Pairing a Phone PIN provided in Step 3. After the PIN is successfully entered, the . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press b / g. The system completed once, unless the system prompts you to provide a responds “Ready,” followed by name for the paired cell phone. pairing information on the cell a tone. phone changes or the cell phone This name will be used to is deleted from the system. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command indicate which phones are can be skipped. paired and connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can vehicle. The system responds 3. Say Pair. The system responds be connected to the Bluetooth “ ” with has been with instructions and a four digit “ system at a time. ‐ successfully paired after the Personal Identification Number ” pairing process is complete. (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair additional phones.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30 paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell Hands‐Free Directory that is shared system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar after that phone name. which cell phone you want to systems. connect to, you may have to use 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. The following commands are used responds “Ready,” followed by to delete and store phone numbers. a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system Store: This command will store a responds Ready, followed by 2. Say “Bluetooth.” “ ” phone number, or a group of a tone. numbers as a name tag. 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a If the phone name you want to name tag by entering the digits one . If another cell phone is at a time. delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be Paired and Connected Phones.” “ is now Delete: This command is used to 1. Press b / g. The system connected.” delete individual name tags. responds “Ready,” followed by . If another cell phone is not Delete All Name Tags: This a tone. found, the original phone command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands Free Calling 2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected. ‐ Directory and the Destinations 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Directory. for which phone to delete. 4. Say the name of the phone you

want to delete. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags: that you want to store. After 1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the system 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by repeats back the digit it heard responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. followed by a tone. After the last a tone. 2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” “Store,” and then follow the 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to Listing Stored Numbers of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number. at once with no pauses, then The list command will list all stored numbers and name tags. follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command system to save a name tag for Using the “List” Command this number. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system Using the Digit Store Command “ ” a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” a tone. recognized by the system, say 3. Say the name tag you want to 2. Say “Directory.” “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. delete. 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” 4. Say “List.” recognized by the system, say Command “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands Free 1. Press / . The system ‐ b g Calling Directory and the responds “Ready,” followed by Destinations Directory. a tone. 2. Say “Digit Store.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a speakers. following commands. phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. Dial or Call: The dial or call Using the “Re‐dial” Command After each digit is entered, the command can be used system repeats back the digit it 1. Press b / g. The system interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by number or a stored name tag. a tone. If an unwanted number is Digit Dial: This command allows a recognized by the system, say 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” The phone number to be dialed by Clear at any time to clear the last system dials the last number entering the digits one at a time. “ ” number. called from the connected cell Re dial: This command is used to phone. ‐ To hear all of the numbers dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called phone. “Verify” at any time. will be heard through the audio Using the “Dial” or “Call” speakers. Command 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by Receiving a Call 1. Press b / g. The system a tone. When an incoming call is received, responds Ready, followed by “ ” 2. Say “Digit Dial.” the audio system mutes and a ring a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say Dial or Call. “ ” “ ” that you want to dial. After each . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system pausing or say the name tag. repeats back the digit it heard . Press $ / i to ignore a call. followed by a tone. After the last Once connected, the person called digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio say Dial. speakers. “ ” Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth Call waiting must be supported on to be called. system before a call can be the cell phone and enabled by the transferred. The connection process wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, can take up to two minutes after the press / to link all callers . Press / to answer an b g ignition is turned to ON/RUN. b g together. incoming call when another call To Transfer Audio from the is active. The original call is Ending a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone placed on hold. Press $ / i to end a call. During a call with the audio in the . Press b / g again to return to vehicle: the original call. Muting a Call 1. Press b / g. . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” person on the other end of the call To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth . Press $ / i to disconnect the cannot hear them. System from a Cell Phone current call and switch to the call on hold. To mute a call, press b / g, and During a call with the audio on the then say “Mute Call.” cell phone, press / . The audio Three‐Way Calling b g To cancel mute, press b / g, and transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Three way calling must be ‐ then say “Un‐mute Call.” does not transfer to the vehicle, use supported on the cell phone and the audio transfer feature on the cell enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone carrier. Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more information. 1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell phone. 2. Say “Three‐way call.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass‐thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the cell menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a 1. Press / . The system Paired Phone” and “Storing and b g Sending a Number or Name Tag responds Ready, followed by Deleting Name Tags.” “ ” During a Call a tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. The system can be skipped. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds “OK, accessing 2. Say “Dial.” .” 3. Say the number or name tag The cell phone's normal prompt to send. messages will go through their cycle according to the phone's operating instructions.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

Trademarks and note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect License Agreements wireless preformance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered Manufactured under license from in the U.S. and other countries. Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks and DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product "Made for iPod and iPhone" mean includes software. All Rights that an electronic accessory has Reserved. been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled Climate Control Systems with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-3 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-5 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-6

A. Fan Control E. Front Defrost B. Air Delivery Mode Controls F. Rear Window Defogger C. Temperature Control G. Recirculation D. Outside Air H. Air Conditioning

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

A (Fan Control): Turn to increase For best results, clear all snow and % (Outside Air): Press to turn or decrease the fan speed. Turn the ice from the windshield before on the outside air. An indicator light knob completely to T to turn the defrosting. comes on. Outside air is circulated fan off. Do not drive the vehicle until all the throughout the vehicle. windows are clear. Temperature Control: Turn to Rear Window Defogger increase or decrease the Air Conditioning 1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press temperature. A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to to turn the rear window defogger on Air Delivery Mode Control: To turn the air conditioning on or off. or off. The rear window defogger change the current mode, select If the fan is turned off or the outside turns off after about 10 minutes. one of the following: temperature falls below freezing, the It can also be turned off by turning the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or F (Vent): Air is directed to the air conditioning will not work. LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it instrument panel outlets. h (Recirculation): Press to turn runs for about five minutes before * (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the on the recirculation. An indicator turning off. instrument panel outlets and the light comes on. Air is recirculated Do not drive the vehicle until all the floor outlets. inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle or windows are clear. 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the prevent outside air and odors from Notice: Do not use a razor blade floor outlets. entering. The air conditioning may or sharp object to clear the inside W (Defog): Clears the windows of come on under certain conditions. rear window. Do not adhere fog or moisture. Air is directed to the To improve fuel efficiency and to anything to the defogger grid windshield and floor outlets. cool the vehicle faster, recirculation lines in the rear glass. These 0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears may be automatically selected in actions may damage the rear the windshield of fog or frost more warm weather. The recirculation defogger. Repairs would not be quickly. Air is directed to the light will not come on. To override covered by your warranty. windshield and side window outlets. this feature, select outside air.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled The system automatically controls with this system. the fan speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and recirculation to heat or cool the vehicle to the selected temperature. When the AUTO indicator light is on, the system is in full automatic operation. To place the system in automatic mode: 1. Press AUTO. 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system time to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature as needed. A. Fan Control G. Power To improve fuel efficiency and to B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Driver and Passenger Heated cool the vehicle faster, C. Air Delivery Mode Controls Seats recirculation may be I. Rear Window Defogger automatically selected in warm D. Front Defrost weather. The recirculation light J. Air Conditioning E. Recirculation will not come on. Press the h F. Temperature Control to select recirculation; press it again to select outside air.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Manual Operation * (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the Air Conditioning instrument panel outlets and the O (Power): Press to turn the A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to floor outlets. climate control system on or off. turn the air conditioning on or off. A (Fan Control): Turn to increase 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the If the fan is turned off or the outside or decrease the fan speed. floor outlets. temperature falls below freezing, the Adjusting the fan speed while in W (Defog): Clears the windows of air conditioning will not work. When automatic mode places the fan fog or moisture. Air is directed to the in AUTO, the air conditioning will under manual control. The AUTO windshield and floor outlets. come on automatically as needed. indicator light turns off. The air 0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears h (Recirculation): Press to turn delivery mode remains in automatic the windshield of fog or frost more on the recirculation. Press to control. quickly. Air is directed to the alternate between recirculation and Temperature Control: Turn to windshield and side window outlets. outside air, if the vehicle does not increase or decrease the Selecting defrost disables the have a separate outside air button. temperature inside the vehicle. automatic mode. The indicator light turns on when H / G (Air Delivery Mode For best results, clear all snow and recirculation is selected. Air is Control): Press mode up or mode ice from the windshield before recirculated inside the vehicle. down to cycle through the different defrosting. It helps quickly cool the air inside air delivery modes. The current the vehicle or prevent outside air Do not drive the vehicle until all the and odors from entering. mode is shown on the display. windows are clear. Select from the following: % (Outside Air, If Equipped): Press to turn on the outside air. An F (Vent): Air is directed to the indicator light comes on. Outside air instrument panel outlets. is circulated throughout the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Window Defogger Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents Operation: For vehicles with the 1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press remote vehicle start feature, the Use the air outlets, located in the to turn the rear window defogger on climate control system may run center and on the side of the or off. The rear window defogger when the vehicle is started remotely. instrument panel, to direct the turns off after about 10 minutes. The system uses the driver's airflow. Use the thumbwheels It can also be turned off by turning previous settings to heat or cool the located near the center air outlets, the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or inside of the vehicle. The front to open or close off the airflow. LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it heated seats will turn on if it is cold runs for about five minutes before Operation Tips outside. The heated seat indicator turning off. lights do not come on during a . Clear away any ice, snow, Do not drive the vehicle until all the remote start. See Remote Vehicle or leaves from air inlets at the windows are clear. Start on page 2‑5. base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the Notice: Do not use a razor blade Sensors vehicle. or sharp object to clear the inside rear window. Do not adhere The solar sensor, located on top of . Keep the path under the front anything to the defogger grid the instrument panel near the seats clear of objects to help lines in the rear glass. These windshield, monitors the solar heat. circulate the air inside of the actions may damage the rear The climate control system uses the vehicle more effectively. defogger. Repairs would not be information to adjust the . Use of non‐GM approved hood covered by your warranty. temperature, fan speed, deflectors can adversely affect L / M (Driver and Passenger recirculation, and air delivery mode. the performance of the system. Heated Seats): For vehicles with Do not cover the solar sensor or the Check with your dealer before heated seats, see Heated Front system will not work properly. adding equipment to the outside Seats on page 3‑9. of the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3 for replacement intervals. 2. Push the stop tab upwards until 7. Remove the old air filter. To find out what type of filter to use, the stop tab is under the 8. Install the new air filter. see Maintenance Replacement instrument panel assembly and Parts on page 11‑14. the glove box is released. 9. Close the service door and latches. The passenger compartment air 3. Unsnap the tabs beneath the filter can be accessed by removing glove box that connects it to the 10. Re‐install the glove box. the entire glove box. bottom of the instrument panel See your dealer if additional 1. Open the glove box completely assembly. assistance is needed. and locate the stop tab on top of 4. Remove the glove box. the glove box door. 5. Locate the service door for the passenger compartment air filter. 6. Push the two tabs upwards and release the latches holding the service door. Lift the

service door.by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Shifting Into Park ...... 9-26 Cruise Control Driving and Shifting out of Park ...... 9-27 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Operating Parking over Things That Burn ...... 9-28 Object Detection Systems Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Engine Exhaust Driving Information System ...... 9-41 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-43 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Running the Vehicle While Rear Vision Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-29 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-45 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Lane Departure Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission Warning (LDW) ...... 9-48 Braking ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-29 Steering ...... 9-4 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Fuel Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-32 Fuel ...... 9-51 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-51 Off-Road Driving ...... 9-6 Drive Systems Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-11 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-33 and Canada Only) ...... 9-51 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Brakes California Fuel Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-12 Antilock Brake Requirements ...... 9-52 Winter Driving ...... 9-13 System (ABS) ...... 9-33 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-52 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-15 Parking Brake ...... 9-34 Fuel Additives ...... 9-52 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-16 Brake Assist ...... 9-35 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-53 Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-35 Filling the Tank ...... 9-54 Filling a Portable Fuel New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-21 Ride Control Systems Container ...... 9-56 Ignition Positions ...... 9-21 Traction Control Starting the Engine ...... 9-24 System (TCS) ...... 9-35 Retained Accessory StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-37 Power (RAP) ...... 9-25 Engine Coolant Heater ...... 9-25 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat General Towing passenger to handle potential distractions. Information ...... 9-56 Distracted Driving Driving Characteristics and . Become familiar with vehicle Towing Tips ...... 9-57 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Trailer Towing ...... 9-60 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Towing Equipment ...... 9-62 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Trailer Sway judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Control (TSC) ...... 9-63 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Conversions and Add-Ons from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to governments have enacted laws driving. Add-On Electrical regarding driver distraction. Become Equipment ...... 9-63 . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Defensive Driving Drunk Driving { WARNING Defensive driving means “always Death and injury associated with Taking your eyes off the road too expect the unexpected.” The first drinking and driving is a global long or too often could cause a step in driving defensively is to wear tragedy. crash resulting in injury or death. the safety belt. See Safety Belts on Focus your attention on driving. page 3‑12. { WARNING . Assume that other road users Refer to the Infotainment section for (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Drinking and then driving is very more information on using that other drivers) are going to be dangerous. Your reflexes, system, including pairing and using careless and make mistakes. perceptions, attentiveness, and a cell phone. Anticipate what they might do judgment can be affected by even and be ready. a small amount of alcohol. You If equipped, refer to the navigation can have a serious — or even manual for information on that . Allow enough following distance fatal — collision if you drive after system, including pairing and using between you and the driver in drinking. a cell phone. front of you. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Control of a Vehicle If the engine ever stops while the If the steering wheel is turned in vehicle is being driven, brake either direction several times until it Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the stops, or it is held until it is stopped are important factors in helping to brakes. Doing so could make the for an extended time, power control a vehicle while driving. pedal harder to push down. If the steering assist may be reduced. The engine stops, there will be some normal power steering assist should Braking power brake assist but it will be return shortly after a few normal Braking action involves perception used when the brake is applied. steering movements. time and reaction time. Deciding to Once the power assist is used up, it The electric power steering system push the brake pedal is perception can take longer to stop and the does not require regular time. Actually doing it is brake pedal will be harder to push. maintenance. If you suspect reaction time. steering system problems, such as Steering Average driver reaction time is abnormally high steering effort for a prolonged period of time, contact about three‐fourths of a second. In Electric Power Steering your dealer for service repairs. that time, a vehicle moving at (2.4L L4 Engine) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m If the engine stalls while driving, the Hydraulic Power Steering (66 ft), which could be a lot of (3.0L V6 Engine) distance in an emergency. power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are If power steering assist is lost due Helpful braking tips to keep in mind able to stop the vehicle. to a system malfunction, the vehicle include: If power steering assist is lost due can be steered, but may require . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle increased effort. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require of you. increased effort. . Avoid needless heavy braking. . Keep pace with traffic.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the . Take curves at a reasonable right front tire contacts the speed. pavement edge. . Reduce speed before entering a 3. Then turn the steering wheel to curve. go straight down the roadway. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve Loss of Control . Wait until the vehicle is out of Skidding the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three Steering in Emergencies control systems: . There are some situations when . Braking Skid — wheels are not steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop rolling. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Steering or Cornering . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: Skid — too much speed or steering wheel allows you to turn steering in a curve causes tires 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and to slip and lose cornering force. a hand. then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it . Acceleration Skid — too much . Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) throttle causes the driving allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the pavement. wheels to spin.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering, by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking, { WARNING existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any When driving off-road, bouncing skids are always possible. sudden changes could cause and quick changes in direction the tires to slide. can easily throw you out of If the vehicle starts to slide, follow position. This could cause you to these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. lose control and crash. You and . Ease your foot off the your passengers should always accelerator pedal and quickly Off-Road Driving wear safety belts. steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may All-wheel-drive vehicles can be straighten out. Be ready for a used for off-road driving. Vehicles Before Driving Off-Road second skid if it occurs. without all-wheel drive and vehicles . Have all necessary maintenance not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or . Slow down and adjust your and service work completed. On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not driving according to weather . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, be driven off-road except on a level, conditions. Stopping distance and check inflation pressure in solid surface. To contact the tire can be longer and vehicle all tires, including the spare, manufacturer for more information control can be affected when if equipped. traction is reduced by water, about the original equipment tires, . Read all the information about snow, ice, gravel, or other see the Limited Warranty and all-wheel-drive vehicles in this material on the road. Learn to Owner Assistance Information manual. manual. recognize warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed Controlling the vehicle is the key to snow on the road to make a successful off-road driving. One of mirrored surface — and slow the best ways to control the vehicle down when you have any doubt. is to control the speed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

. Make sure all underbody Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading shields, if equipped, are properly Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits attached. on page 9‑16. . Know the local laws that apply to { WARNING Environmental Concerns off-road driving. . . Always use established trails, To gain more ground clearance if Unsecured cargo on the load roads, and areas that have been needed, it may be necessary to floor can be tossed about set aside for public off-road remove the front fascia lower when driving over rough recreational driving and obey all air dam. terrain. You or your passengers can be struck by posted regulations. Notice: Operating the vehicle for flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, extended periods without the cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb front fascia lower air dam . wildlife. installed can cause improper air Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as flow to the engine. Re‐attach the . Do not park over things that front fascia air dam after off-road possible. The heaviest things burn. See Parking over Things driving. should be on the floor, That Burn on page 9‑28. forward of the rear axle. . Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle's center of gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Driving on Hills . When possible, drive straight up . When driving down a hill, keep or down the hill. the vehicle headed straight Driving safely on hills requires good down. Use a low gear because judgment and an understanding of . Slow down when approaching the top of the hill. the engine will work with the what the vehicle can and cannot do. brakes to slow the vehicle and . Use headlamps even during the help keep the vehicle under { WARNING day to make the vehicle more control. visible. Many hills are simply too steep { WARNING for any vehicle. Driving up hills { WARNING can cause the vehicle to stall. Heavy braking when going down Driving down hills can cause loss Driving to the top of a hill at high a hill can cause your brakes to of control. Driving across hills can speed can cause an accident. overheat and fade. This could cause a rollover. You could be There could be a drop-off, cause loss of control and you or injured or killed. Do not drive on embankment, cliff, or even others could be injured or killed. steep hills. another vehicle. You could be Apply the brakes lightly when seriously injured or killed. As you descending a hill and use a low near the top of a hill, slow down Before driving on a hill, assess gear to keep vehicle speed under the steepness, traction, and and stay alert. control. obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the . Never go downhill forward or If the vehicle stalls on a hill: vehicle and walk the hill before backward with the transmission driving further. in N (Neutral). The brakes could 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the When driving on hills: overheat and you could lose control. parking brake. . Use a low gear and keep a firm 2. Shift into P (Park) and then grip on the steering wheel. restart the engine. . Maintain a slow speed. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

. If driving uphill when the 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted . Hidden obstacles can make the vehicle stalls, shift to after stalling, set the parking steepness of the incline more R (Reverse), release the brake, shift an automatic severe. If a rock is driven across parking brake, and back transmission into P (Park), and with the uphill wheels, or if the straight down. turn the vehicle off. downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt . Never try to turn the vehicle 3.1. Leave the vehicle and even more. around. If the hill is steep seek help. enough to stall the vehicle, . If an incline must be driven it is steep enough to cause 3.2. Stay clear of the path the across, and the vehicle starts to it to roll over. vehicle would take if it slide, turn downhill. This should rolled downhill. help straighten out the vehicle . If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down . Avoid turns that take the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. the hill. across the incline of the hill. A hill that can be driven straight { WARNING . Never back down a hill in up or down might be too steep to N (Neutral) using only the drive across. Driving across an Getting out of the vehicle on the brake. incline puts more weight on the downhill side when stopped . The vehicle can roll downhill wheels which could across an incline is dangerous. backward quickly and you cause a downhill slide or a If the vehicle rolls over, you could could lose control. rollover. be crushed or killed. Always get . If driving downhill when the . Surface conditions can be a out on the uphill side of the vehicle stalls, shift to a problem. Loose gravel, muddy vehicle and stay well clear of the lower gear, release the spots, or even wet grass can rollover path. parking brake, and drive cause the tires to slip sideways, straight down the hill. downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc. and roll over. –by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, Notice: Do not drive through or Ice { WARNING standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, Use a low gear when driving in Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water mud – the deeper the mud, the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice can damage the axle and other lower the gear. Keep the vehicle conditions vary greatly and the vehicle parts. moving to avoid getting stuck. vehicle could fall through the ice; If the standing water is not too deep, Traction changes when driving on you and your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe drive slowly through it. At faster sand. On loose sand, such as on speeds, water splashes on the surfaces only. beaches or sand dunes, the tires ignition system and the vehicle can tend to sink into the sand. This stall. Stalling can also occur if you affects steering, accelerating, and Driving in Water get the exhaust pipe under water. braking. Drive at a reduced speed While the exhaust pipe is under and avoid sharp turns or abrupt { WARNING water, you will not be able to start maneuvers. the engine. When going through Traction is reduced on hard packed Driving through rushing water can water, the brakes get wet, and it snow and ice and it is easy to lose be dangerous. Deep water can might take longer to stop. See control. Reduce vehicle speed when sweep your vehicle downstream Driving on Wet Roads on page 9‑11. driving on hard packed snow and you and your passengers and ice. could drown. If it is only shallow water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

After Off-Road Driving Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued) Remove any brush or debris that Rain and wet roads can reduce has collected on the underbody or vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle chassis, or under the hood. These ability to stop and accelerate. occupants could drown. Do not accumulations can be a fire hazard. Always drive slower in these types ignore police warnings and be After operation in mud or sand, of driving conditions and avoid very cautious about trying to drive have the brake linings cleaned and driving through large puddles and through flowing water. checked. These substances can deep‐standing or flowing water. cause glazing and uneven braking. Hydroplaning Check the body structure, steering, { WARNING suspension, wheels, tires, and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water exhaust system for damage and Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's check the fuel lines and cooling They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the system for any leakage. quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast More frequent maintenance pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is service is required. Refer to the hydroplaning, it has little or no Maintenance Schedule on After driving through a large contact with the road. page 11‑3 for more information. puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about pedal until the brakes work hydroplaning. The best advice is to normally. slow down when the road is wet. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Other Rainy Weather Tips Other driving tips include: { WARNING Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. weather driving tips include: . Keep the interior If you do not shift down, the . Allow extra following distance. temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they would not work well. You would . . Keep your eyes moving scan Pass with caution. — then have poor braking or even the road ahead and to the sides. . Keep windshield wiping none going down a hill. You could equipment in good shape. . Check the rearview mirror and crash. Shift down to let the engine vehicle instruments often. . Keep the windshield washer fluid assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. reservoir filled. Hill and Mountain Roads . Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires on Driving on steep hills or through page 10‑42. mountains is different than driving { WARNING on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for . Turn off cruise control. driving in these conditions include: Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) Highway Hypnosis . Keep the vehicle serviced and in or with the ignition off is good shape. dangerous. The brakes will have Always be alert and pay attention to to do all the work of slowing down . Check all fluid levels and brakes, your surroundings while driving. and they could get so hot that tires, cooling system, and If you become tired or sleepy, find a transmission. they would not work well. You safe place to park the vehicle would then have poor braking or and rest. . Shift to a lower gear when going even none going down a hill. You down steep or long hills. could crash. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

. Stay in your own lane. Do not Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS) swing wide or cut across the on page 9‑33 improves vehicle center of the road. Drive at Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on speeds that let you stay in your slippery roads, but apply the brakes own lane. Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the sooner than when on dry pavement. . Be alert on top of hills, road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on something could be in your lane Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for (stalled car, accident). (32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can . Pay attention to special road fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in signs (falling rocks area, winding Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a roads, long grades, passing or freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy no-passing zones) and take treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are appropriate action. Drive with caution, whatever the clear. Avoid sudden steering condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while traction is not lost. Accelerating too on ice. quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery and makes the surface under the surfaces. tires slick, so there is even less traction. Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑28. Assistance Program on page 13 6. ‑ especially any that is blocking To get help and keep everyone in Snow can trap exhaust gases the exhaust pipe. the vehicle safe: under your vehicle. This can . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon . Turn on the hazard warning time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO flashers. not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Tie a red cloth to an outside You cannot see it or smell it, so . Open a window about 5 cm mirror. (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from { WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument cause exhaust gases to get panel. Run the engine for short periods inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but Carbon Monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that be careful. cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed death. to the highest setting. See (Continued) Climate Control System in the Index. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get short periods as needed to warm it Out the vehicle and then shut the engine Slowly and cautiously spin the off and close the window most of wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and the way to save heat. Repeat this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction until help arrives but only when you If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth feel really uncomfortable from the system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a forward cold. Moving about to keep warm traction system off and use the gear, spinning the wheels as little as also helps. rocking method. See Traction possible. To prevent transmission Control System (TCS) on If it takes some time for help to wear, wait until the wheels stop page 9 35. arrive, now and then when you run ‑ spinning before shifting gears. the engine, push the accelerator Release the accelerator pedal while pedal slightly so the engine runs { WARNING shifting, and press lightly on the faster than the idle speed. This accelerator pedal when the keeps the battery charged to restart If the vehicle's tires spin at high transmission is in gear. Slowly the vehicle and to signal for help speed, they can explode, and you spinning the wheels in the forward with the headlamps. Do this as little or others could be injured. The and reverse directions causes a as possible to save fuel. vehicle can overheat, causing an rocking motion that could free the engine compartment fire or other vehicle. If that does not get the damage. Spin the wheels as little vehicle out after a few tries, it might as possible and avoid going need to be towed out. If the vehicle above 55 km/h (35 mph). does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑77. For information about using tire chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page 10‑63.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information { WARNING Label It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross vehicle capacity weight and Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of all (GVWR), or either the occupants, cargo and all maximum front or rear Gross nonfactory‐installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Two labels on the vehicle show This can cause systems to how much weight it may break and change the way the properly carry, the Tire and vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label and cause loss of control and a the Certification label. crash. Overloading can also shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's door open, you will find the label attached near the door lock post. The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct and luggage load capacity is vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) kilograms and pounds. = 650 lbs). 1. Locate the statement “The The Tire and Loading combined weight of 5. Determine the combined Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo tire size of the original never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle. equipment tires (C) and the XXX lbs” on your vehicle's That weight may not safely recommended cold tire inflation placard. exceed the available cargo pressures (D). For more 2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity information on tires and inflation weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4. see Tires on page 10 42 and ‑ passengers that will be riding 6. If your vehicle will be towing Tire Pressure on page 10‑50. in your vehicle. a trailer, the load from your There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined trailer will be transferred to information on the Certification weight of the driver and your vehicle. Consult this label. It tells you the Gross passengers from XXX kg or manual to determine how this Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) XXX lbs. reduces the available cargo and the Gross Axle Weight and luggage load capacity of Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle. rear axle. See “Certification the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. See Trailer Towing on page 9‑60 Label” later in this section. for important information on For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs and towing a trailer, towing safety there will be five 150 lb rules and trailering tips. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). (700 lbs).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and of the driver door. The label If the vehicle is carrying a heavy Loading Information label for shows the size of the vehicle's load, it should be spread out. specific information about the original tires and the inflation See “Steps for Determining vehicle's capacity weight and pressures needed to obtain the Correct Load Limit” earlier in this seating positions. The combined gross weight capacity of the section. weight of the driver, passengers, vehicle. This is called Gross and cargo should never exceed Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). { WARNING the vehicle's capacity weight. The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, Do not load the vehicle any Certification Label fuel, and cargo. heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The Certification/Tire label also (GVWR), or either the tells you the maximum weights maximum front or rear Gross for the front and rear axles, Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). called Gross Axle Weight Rating This can cause systems to (GAWR). To find out the actual break and change the way the loads on the front and rear vehicle handles. This could axles, you need to go to a weigh cause loss of control and a station and weigh the vehicle. crash. Overloading can also Your dealer can help you with shorten the life of the vehicle. this. Be sure to spread out the load equally on both sides of the Label Example center line. Your warranty does not cover A vehicle-specific Certification parts or components that fail Never exceed the GVWR for the because of overloading. label is attached to the lower vehicle, or the GAWR for either center pillar on the driver side of the front or rear axle. the vehicle or on the rear edge by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed { WARNING WARNING (Continued) equipment your vehicle can Things inside the vehicle can . Do not leave an carry. strike and injure people in a unsecured child restraint Using heavier suspension sudden stop or turn, or in a in the vehicle. components to get added crash. . Secure loose items in the durability might not change your . Put things in the cargo vehicle. weight ratings. Ask your dealer area of the vehicle. In the . Do not leave a seat folded to help you load your vehicle the cargo area, put them as down unless needed. right way. far forward as possible. If you put things inside your Try to spread the weight vehicle – like suitcases, tools, evenly. packages, or anything . Never stack heavier else – they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases, vehicle goes. If you have to stop inside the vehicle so that or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

Starting and above 110 km/h (68 mph) Ignition Positions should be limited to Operating five minutes per use. . Avoid making hard stops for New Vehicle Break-In the first 322 km (200 mi) or Notice: The vehicle does not so. During this time the new need an elaborate break-in. But it brake linings are not yet will perform better in the long run broken in. Hard stops with if you follow these guidelines: new linings can mean premature wear and earlier . Do not drive at any one replacement. Follow this constant speed, fast or slow, breaking-in guideline every for the first 805 km (500 mi). time you get new brake Do not make full-throttle linings. starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during The ignition switch has four different break-in. See Driving positions. . During the first 1 000 km Characteristics and Towing Notice: Using a tool to force the (600 mi), avoid using more Tips on page 9 57 for the ‑ key to turn in the ignition could than moderate acceleration trailer towing capabilities of cause damage to the switch or in lower gears and avoid your vehicle and more break the key. Use the correct vehicle speeds above information. 110 km/h (68 mph). key, make sure it is all the way in, Following break‐in, engine speed and turn it only with your hand. . Between the first 1 000 km and load can be gradually If the key cannot be turned by (600 mi) and 5 000 km increased. hand, see your dealer. (3,000 mi), heavy acceleration in lower gears The key must be fully extended to can be used. Vehicle speeds start the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park), turn the If the vehicle must be shut off in an ignition to ON/RUN and apply the emergency: { WARNING brake pedal. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Turning off the vehicle while A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering stopped, turn the ignition switch to deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. will remain active. See Retained This can be done while the Accessory Power (RAP) on vehicle is moving. After shifting If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, page 9‑25. to N (Neutral), firmly apply the and must be shut off while driving, This is the only position from which brakes and steer the vehicle to a turn the ignition to ACC/ the key can be removed. This locks safe location. ACCESSORY. the steering wheel, ignition and 3. Come to a complete stop, shift The ignition switch can bind in the automatic transmission. to P (Park), and turn the ignition LOCK/OFF position with the wheels Do not turn the engine off when the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with turned off center. If this happens, vehicle is moving. This will cause a an automatic transmission, the move the steering wheel from right loss of power assist in the brake shift lever must be in P (Park) to to left while turning the key to ACC/ and steering systems and disable turn the ignition switch to the ACCESSORY. If this does not work, the airbags. LOCK/OFF position. then the vehicle needs service. 4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 9‑34.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This The battery could be drained if the Key Lock Release position provides power to some of key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY the electrical accessories. It unlocks or ON/RUN position with the engine the steering wheel and ignition. off. The vehicle might not start if the To move the key from ACC/ battery is allowed to drain for an ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push extended period of time. in the key and then turn it to D (START): This position starts the LOCK/OFF. engine. When the engine starts, C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch release the key. The ignition switch stays in this position when the will return to ON/RUN for normal engine is running. This position can driving. be used to operate the electrical A warning tone sounds when the accessories, including the driver door is opened if the ignition ventilation fan and 12‐volt power is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the outlets, as well as to display some key is in the ignition. Vehicles with an automatic warning and indicator lights. This transmission are equipped with an position can also be used for electronic key lock release system. service and diagnostics, and to The key lock release is designed to verify the proper operation of the prevent ignition key removal unless malfunction indicator lamp as may the shift lever is in P (Park). be required for emission inspection purposes. The transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

The key lock release is always Notice: Do not try to shift to vehicle starts. If the engine does functional except in the case of an P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. not start and the key is held in uncharged or low voltage (less than If you do, you could damage the START for many seconds, 9‐volt) battery. If the vehicle has an transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking will be stopped after uncharged battery or a battery with only when the vehicle is stopped. 15 seconds to prevent cranking low voltage, try charging or jump motor damage. To prevent gear starting the battery. See Jump Starting Procedure damage, this system also Starting on page 10‑74. 1. With your foot off the accelerator prevents cranking if the engine If charging or jump starting the pedal, turn the ignition key to is already running. Engine battery does not work, locate the START. When the engine starts, cranking can be stopped by hole below the ignition lock. Insert a let go of the key. The idle speed turning the ignition switch to flat bladed tool or another key from will go down as the engine ACC/ACCESSORY or the key chain into the opening. warms. Do not race the engine LOCK/OFF. When the lever can be felt, actuate immediately after starting it. Notice: Cranking the engine for the lever toward the driver, and Operate the engine and long periods of time, by returning remove the key from the ignition. transmission gently to allow the the key to the START position oil to warm up and lubricate all immediately after cranking has Starting the Engine moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds N (Neutral). The engine will not start System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the in any other position. To restart the starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down. vehicle when it is already moving, components. If the ignition key is use N (Neutral) only. turned to the START position, and then released when the engine begins cranking, the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

2. If the engine does not start after Notice: The engine is designed to Power to the power windows and 5 to 10 seconds, especially in work with the electronics in the sunroof will continue to operate for very cold weather (below −18°C vehicle. If you add electrical parts up to 10 minutes or until any door is or 0°F), it could be flooded with or accessories, you could change opened. too much gasoline. Push the the way the engine operates. All these features will work when the accelerator pedal all the way to Before adding electrical key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ the floor and hold it there as you equipment, check with your ACCESSORY. hold the key in START for a dealer. If you do not, the engine maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at might not perform properly. Any least 15 seconds between each resulting damage would not be Engine Coolant Heater try, to allow the cranking motor covered by the vehicle warranty. The engine coolant heater, to cool. When the engine starts, if available, can help in cold weather let go of the key and accelerator. Retained Accessory conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) If the vehicle starts briefly but Power (RAP) for easier starting and better fuel then stops again, repeat the economy during engine warm-up. procedure. This clears the extra These vehicle accessories can be Plug in the coolant heater at least gasoline from the engine. Do not used for up to 10 minutes after the four hours before starting the race the engine immediately engine is turned off: vehicle. An internal thermostat in after starting it. Operate the . Audio System the plug-end of the cord will prevent engine and transmission gently engine coolant heater operation at until the oil warms up and . Power Windows temperatures above −18°C (0°F). lubricates all moving parts. . Sunroof (if equipped) Power to the audio system will continue to operate for up to 10 minutes or until the driver door is opened.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

To Use The Engine Coolant Shifting Into Park Heater { WARNING 1. Turn off the engine. Plugging the cord into an { WARNING ungrounded outlet could cause an 2. Open the hood and unwrap the It can be dangerous to get out of electrical cord. electrical shock. Also, the wrong kind of extension cord could the vehicle if the shift lever is not The electrical cord is located on overheat and cause a fire. You fully in P (Park) with the parking the passenger side of the engine could be seriously injured. Plug brake firmly set. The vehicle can compartment, in front of the air the cord into a properly grounded roll. If you have left the engine cleaner. three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. running, the vehicle can move 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded If the cord will not reach, use a suddenly. You or others could be 110-volt AC outlet. heavy-duty three-prong extension injured. To be sure the vehicle will cord rated for at least 15 amps. not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If you are pulling a 4. Before starting the engine, be trailer, see Driving Characteristics sure to unplug and store the and Towing Tips on page 9‑57. cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. If you do not it could be Use this procedure to shift into damaged. P (Park): The length of time the heater should 1. Hold the brake pedal down and remain plugged in depends on set the parking brake. several factors. Ask a dealer in the See Parking Brake on page 9‑34 area where you will be parking the for more information. vehicle for the best advice on this.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

2. Hold the button on the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park and push the lever toward the the engine running, the vehicle must front of the vehicle into P (Park). be in P (Park) and the parking To shift out of P (Park): 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. brake set. 1. Apply the brake pedal. 4. Remove the key. Release the button and check that 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. the shift lever cannot be moved out Leaving the Vehicle With the of P (Park). 3. Press the shift lever button. 4. Move the shift lever. Engine Running Torque Lock If you still are unable to shift out of { WARNING Torque lock is when the weight P (Park): of the vehicle puts too much force It can be dangerous to leave the on the parking pawl in the 1. Fully release the shift lever button. vehicle with the engine running. transmission. This happens when The vehicle could move suddenly parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and if the shift lever is not fully in transmission into P (Park) is not press the shift lever button P (Park) with the parking brake done properly and then it is difficult again. firmly set. And, if you leave the to shift out of P (Park). To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake 3. Move the shift lever. vehicle with the engine running, it and then shift into P (Park). To find If you still cannot move the shift could overheat and even catch out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever from P (Park), see your dealer fire. You or others could be listed previously. for service. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running. If torque lock does occur, the vehicle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve the parking pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P (Park).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) That Burn { WARNING . There are holes or openings { WARNING in the vehicle body from Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

Running the Vehicle { WARNING Automatic While Parked Transmission It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out of engine running. But if you ever have the vehicle if the automatic to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do { WARNING not leave the vehicle when the Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and The automatic transmission shift engine in an enclosed area that move the shift lever to P (Park). lever is located on the console has no fresh air ventilation. For between the seats. more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be sure Exhaust on page 9‑28. the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑26. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑57.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

P (Park): This position locks the The vehicle has an automatic To rock the vehicle back and forth to front wheels. Use P (Park) when transmission shift lock control get out of snow, ice or sand without starting the engine because the system. You must fully apply the damaging the transmission, see If vehicle cannot move easily. regular brake first and then press the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑15. the shift lever button before shifting N (Neutral): In this position the { WARNING from P (Park) when the ignition key engine and transmission do not is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out connect. Use N (Neutral) to restart a It is dangerous to get out of the of P (Park), ease pressure on the vehicle that is already moving. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully shift lever, then push the shift lever all the way into P (Park) as you in P (Park) with the parking brake { WARNING firmly set. The vehicle can roll. maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever button and Shifting into a drive gear while the Do not leave the vehicle when the move the shift lever into another engine is running unless you gear. See Shifting out of Park on engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is have to. If you have left the page 9‑27. engine running, the vehicle can firmly on the brake pedal, the R (Reverse): Use this gear to move suddenly. You or others vehicle could move very rapidly. back up. could be injured. To be sure the You could lose control and hit vehicle will not move, even when Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) people or objects. Do not shift you are on fairly level ground, while the vehicle is moving into a drive gear while the engine always set the parking brake and forward could damage the is running at high speed. move the shift lever to P (Park). transmission. The repairs would See Shifting Into Park on not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only page 9‑26. If you are pulling a after the vehicle is stopped. trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑57.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or M (Manual Mode): Allows the To use this feature: N (Neutral) with the engine driver to select the range of gear 1. Move the shift lever to running at high speed may positions. See Manual Mode on M (Manual Mode). damage the transmission. The page 9‑31. repairs would not be covered by 2. Press the plus/minus button on the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Manual Mode the shift lever, to increase or engine is not running at high decrease the gear range speed when shifting the vehicle. Electronic Range Select available. D (Drive): This position is for (ERS) Mode When shifting to M (Manual Mode), normal driving. It provides the best ERS or manual mode allows for the the transmission will shift to a preset fuel economy. If you need more selection of the range of gear lower gear range. For this preset power for passing, and you are: positions. Use this mode when range, the highest gear available is displayed next to the M in the DIC. . driving downhill or towing a trailer to Going less than 56 km/h See Driver Information Center (DIC) (35 mph), push the accelerator limit the top gear and vehicle speed. on page 5‑24 for more information. pedal about halfway down. The shift position indicator within the Driver Information Center (DIC) will All gears below that number are . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or display a number next to the M available to use. For example, when more, push the accelerator all indicating the highest available gear 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M, the way down. under manual mode and the driving 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are Notice: If the vehicle seems to conditions when manual mode was shifted automatically. To shift to accelerate slowly or not shift selected. 5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus) gears when you go faster, and button or shift into D (Drive). you continue to drive the vehicle that way, you could damage the transmission. Have the vehicle serviced right away.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

M (Manual Mode) will prevent When Fuel Economy Mode is on: shifting to a lower gear range if the . The transmission will upshift engine speed is too high. If vehicle sooner and downshift later. speed is not reduced within the time allowed, the lower gear range shift . The torque converter clutch will will not be completed. Slow the apply sooner and stay on longer. vehicle, then press the − (Minus) . The gas pedal will be less button to the desired lower gear sensitive. range. . The vehicle's computer will more While using the ERS, cruise control aggressively shut off fuel to the can be used. engine under deceleration. . The engine idle speed will be Fuel Economy Mode Press the eco (economy) button by “ ” lower. the shift lever to turn this feature on Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a or off. The eco light in the . Driving performance is more Fuel Economy Mode. When “ ” instrument cluster will come on conservative. engaged, fuel economy mode can when engaged. See Fuel Economy improve the vehicle's fuel economy. Light on page 5‑22. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message “ECO MODE ON” is also displayed. See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑30 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

Drive Systems Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a Vehicles with this feature always System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels are slowing down. If one of the send engine power to all four This vehicle has the Antilock Brake wheels is about to stop rolling, the wheels. It is fully automatic, and System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps brakes at each wheel. conditions. prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure When using a compact spare tire on When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster an AWD vehicle, the system vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help automatically detects the compact checks itself. A momentary motor or the driver steer around the obstacle spare and disables AWD. To restore clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. AWD operation and prevent this test is going on, and it might excessive wear on the system, even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the replace the compact spare with a pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates full-size tire as soon as possible. on wheel speed and controls See Compact Spare Tire on braking pressure accordingly. page 10‑73 for more information.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑18. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

Remember: ABS does not change Parking Brake Notice: Driving with the parking the time needed to get a foot up to brake on can overheat the brake the brake pedal or always decrease system and cause premature stopping distance. If you get too wear or damage to brake system close to the vehicle in front of you, parts. Make sure that the parking there will not be enough time to brake is fully released and the apply the brakes if that vehicle brake warning light is off before suddenly slows or stops. Always driving. leave enough room up ahead to To release the parking brake, hold stop, even with ABS. the regular brake pedal down, then Using ABS push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the pedal release. Slowly pull your the brake pedal down firmly and let foot up off the park brake pedal. ABS work. You might hear the ABS If the parking brake is not released To set the parking brake, hold the pump or motor operating and feel when you begin to drive, the brake regular brake pedal down, then the brake pedal pulsate, but this is system warning light will be on and push the parking brake pedal down. normal. a chime will sound warning you that Braking in Emergencies If the ignition is on, the brake the parking brake is still on. system warning light will come on. If you are towing a trailer and are ABS allows the driver to steer and See Brake System Warning Light on parking on a hill, see Driving brake at the same time. In many page 5‑17. emergencies, steering can help Characteristics and Towing Tips on more than even the very best page 9‑57. braking.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist feature designed to assist the driver (HSA) feature, which may be useful Traction Control in stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a System (TCS) speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, The vehicle has a Traction Control stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the power brake system under completely stops and holds the system operates if it senses that conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a one or both of the front wheels are quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically spinning or beginning to lose brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver (AWD) vehicle, the system will stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts operate if it senses that any of the control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, wheels are spinning or beginning to pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure to lose traction. When this happens, vehicle until the ABS activates. ensure that there is no rolling. The the system brakes the spinning Minor brake pedal pulsation or brakes will automatically release wheel(s) and/or reduces engine pedal movement during this time is when the accelerator pedal is power to limit wheel spin. normal and the driver should applied within the two‐second The system may be heard or felt continue to apply the brake pedal as window. It will not activate if the while it is working, but this is the driving situation dictates. The vehicle is in a drive gear and facing normal. brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing automatically disengage when the uphill and in R (Reverse). brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

TCS is on whenever the vehicle Notice: Do not repeatedly brake is started. To limit wheel spin, or accelerate heavily when TCS is especially in slippery road off. The vehicle's driveline could conditions, the system should be damaged. always be left on. But, TCS can be d turned off if needed. If comes on and stays on, reset the system by: The TCS off light comes on and 1. Stopping the vehicle. TRACTION CONTROL OFF is 2. Turning the engine off and displayed on the Driver Information waiting 15 seconds. Center (DIC) to indicate that the traction control system has been 3. Starting the engine. turned off. See Ride Control System d Messages on page 5‑31. d If still comes on and stays on at a flashes to indicate that the speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see TCS can be turned off by pressing traction control system is active. your dealer for service. and releasing g. When TCS is If there is a problem detected with A chime may also sound when the turned off, i comes on and the TCS, SERVICE TRACTION light comes on steady. CONTROL and SERVICE system will not limit wheel spin. Driving should be adjusted STABILITRAK may be displayed on The g is located on the console. the Driver Information Center (DIC) accordingly. Press and release g and d will be on. See Ride Control again to turn the system back on. System Messages on page 5‑31. When TCS is turned off on AWD When this message is displayed vehicles, the system may still make and d comes on and stays on, the noise. This is normal and necessary vehicle is safe to drive but the with AWD hardware. system is not operational. Driving should be adjusted accordingly. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

It may be necessary to turn the StabiliTrak activates when the brake pedal. This is normal. system off if the vehicle ever gets computer senses a difference Continue to steer the vehicle in the stuck in sand, mud, or snow and between the intended path and the intended direction. rocking the vehicle is required. See direction the vehicle is actually If there is a problem detected If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑15 traveling. StabiliTrak selectively with StabiliTrak, SERVICE for more information. See also applies braking pressure to the STABILITRAK is displayed on the Winter Driving on page 9‑13 for vehicle's brakes to help steer the Driver Information Center (DIC) and information on using TCS when vehicle in the intended direction. d will stay on. See Vehicle driving in snowy or icy conditions. StabiliTrak is on automatically Messages on page 5‑27. When this If cruise control is being used when whenever the vehicle is started. To message is displayed and/or d TCS activates, cruise control will assist with directional control of the comes on and stays on, the vehicle automatically disengage. Press the vehicle, the system should always is safe to drive but the system is not cruise control button to re‐engage be left on. Trailer Sway Control operational. Driving should be when road conditions allow. See (TSC) is also on automatically when adjusted accordingly. See Ride Cruise Control on page 9‑38. the vehicle is started. See Trailer Control System Messages on Sway Control (TSC) on page 9 63 Adding non‐GM accessories can ‑ page 5‑31. affect the vehicle's performance. for more information. If d comes on and stays on, reset See Accessories and Modifications the system by: on page 10‑3 for more information. 1. Stopping the vehicle. StabiliTrak® System When the stability control system 2. Turning the engine off and The vehicle has a vehicle stability activates, the Traction Control waiting 15 seconds. enhancement system called System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light will 3. Starting the engine. StabiliTrak. It is an advanced flash on the instrument panel. This computer controlled system that also occurs when traction control or If d still comes on and stays on at a assists with directional control of the TSC is activated. A noise may be speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see vehicle in difficult driving conditions. heard or vibration may be felt in the your dealer for service. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control { WARNING With cruise control, the vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous (25 mph) or more without keeping where you cannot drive safely at g is located on the console. your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. So, do not use Both StabiliTrak and Traction control does not work at speeds the cruise control on winding Control can be turned off if needed below 40 km/h (25 mph). roads or in heavy traffic. by pressing and holding g until g If the brakes are applied, the cruise Cruise control can be dangerous and i come on the instrument control is disengaged. on slippery roads. On such roads, panel. This will also disable the TSC If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® fast changes in tire traction can feature. When StabiliTrak is turned system and begins to limit wheel cause excessive wheel slip, and off, the system will not assist with spin while using cruise control, the you could lose control. Do not use directional control of the vehicle or cruise control automatically cruise control on slippery roads. limit wheel spin. Driving should be disengages. See StabiliTrak® adjusted accordingly. Press and System on page 9‑37 or Traction release g again to turn the system Control System (TCS) on back on. page 9‑35. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, the If cruise control is being used when cruise control can be turned StabiliTrak activates, the cruise back on. control will automatically disengage. Press the cruise control button to re‐ engage when road conditions allow. See Cruise Control on page 9‑38 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the Resuming a Set Speed thumbwheel down toward SET/- to If the cruise control is set at a set a speed and activate cruise desired speed and then the brakes control, or to make the vehicle are applied, the cruise control is decelerate. disengaged without erasing the set Setting Cruise Control speed from memory. If the cruise button is on when not in Once the vehicle reaches about use, it could get bumped and go into 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the cruise when not desired. Keep the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ cruise button turned off when cruise briefly. The vehicle returns to the control is not being used. previous set speed and stays there. 1. Press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. Increasing Speed While Using ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn Cruise Control 2. Get to the speed desired. the cruise control system on and off. If the cruise control system is 3. Press the thumbwheel and * CANCEL: Press to disengage already activated, release it. The desired set speed cruise control without erasing the . briefly appears in the Driver Move the thumbwheel up toward set speed from memory. Information Center (DIC) display. RES/+ and hold it until the RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the vehicle accelerates to the 4. Take your foot off the accelerator thumbwheel up toward RES/+ to desired speed, and then pedal. make the vehicle resume to a release it. previously set speed or to accelerate.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

. To increase the speed in small Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control amounts, move the thumbwheel Using Cruise Control up toward RES/+ briefly and There are three ways to end cruise then release it. Each time this is Use the accelerator pedal to control: increase the vehicle speed. When done, the vehicle goes about . To disengage cruise control; 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. you take your foot off the pedal, the step lightly on the brake pedal or vehicle will slow down to the clutch, the indicator light will Reducing Speed While Using previous set cruise speed. go off. Cruise Control Using Cruise Control on Hills If the cruise control system is . Press * CANCEL. How well the cruise control works already activated, . on hills depends upon the vehicle To turn off the cruise control, . Move the thumbwheel toward speed, load, and the steepness of press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. The SET/− and hold until the desired the hills. When going up steep hills, cruise control cannot be lower speed is reached, then you might have to step on the resumed. release it. accelerator pedal to maintain the Erasing Speed Memory . To slow down in small amounts, vehicle speed. When going move the thumbwheel toward downhill, you might have to brake or The cruise control set speed is SET/− briefly. Each time this is shift to a lower gear to maintain the erased from memory if ON/OFF 5 done, the vehicle goes about vehicle's speed. When the brakes CRUISE is pressed or if the vehicle 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. are applied the cruise control is is turned off. disengaged.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Object Detection { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Systems FCA is a warning system and weather conditions such as fog, Forward Collision Alert does not apply the brakes. When rain, or snow that can limit approaching a slower-moving or visibility. You could crash into a (FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, vehicle ahead. Do not rely on For vehicles with this feature, read or when following a vehicle too FCA on winding roads or in poor the following section before using it. closely, FCA may not provide visibility conditions. enough time to avoid a crash. The Forward Collision Alert (FCA) FCA does not warn of any objects system may help to avoid or reduce Collision Alert the harm caused by front-end that do not look like a vehicle to crashes. FCA provides a flashing the FCA camera sensor, such as visual alert and beeps when pedestrians, animals, signs, approaching a vehicle directly guardrails, bridges, construction ahead too quickly. FCA also barrels, or other objects. Be ready provides a visual alert if following to take action and apply the another vehicle much too closely. brakes. For more information, see The FCA symbol is on top of the Defensive Driving on page 9‑3. When your vehicle approaches instrument panel to the right of the another vehicle too rapidly, the red steering wheel. FCA display will flash and sound The forward-looking FCA camera { WARNING several beeps. When this occurs, sensor is on the windshield ahead the brake system prepares for driver of the rearview mirror. FCA detects There are conditions where FCA braking to occur more rapidly. vehicles within a distance of may not detect a vehicle ahead. Continue to apply the brake pedal approximately 60 m (197 ft) and These include winding roads or as the driving situation dictates. operates at speeds above 40 km/h (Continued) (25 mph). by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

Tailgating Alert changed and will affect both the visibility. The FCA system will not The red FCA display will stay Collision Alert and the Tailgating detect another vehicle ahead until it continuously illuminated if the Alert features. The timing of both is completely in the driving lane. vehicle ahead remains much too alerts will vary based on vehicle close. speed. The faster the vehicle speed, { WARNING the further away the alert will occur. Selecting the Alert Timing Consider traffic and weather If the FCA camera sensor is conditions when selecting the alert blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if timing. The range of selectable alert the windshield is damaged, it may timing may not be appropriate for all not detect a vehicle ahead. FCA drivers and driving conditions. may not help avoid a collision Detecting the Vehicle Ahead under these conditions. Do not rely on FCA when the camera is blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. Keep the windshield clean.

{ WARNING

The green vehicle ahead indicator If the headlamps are not cleaned The Collision Alert control is on the will appear when a vehicle is or properly aimed, the FCA steering wheel. Press COLLISION detected ahead. Whenever this system may not detect a vehicle ALERT to set the alert timing to far, indicator does not appear, FCA will ahead. FCA may not help avoid a medium, near or off. The first button not respond. The indicator may press shows the current control collision under these conditions. disappear on curves, highway exit Keep the headlamps clean and setting on the DIC. Additional button ramps, or hills, or due to poor presses will change this setting. The properly aimed. chosen setting will remain until it is Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Unnecessary Alerts Ultrasonic Parking Assist How the System Works FCA may sometimes set For vehicles with the Ultrasonic URPA comes on automatically when unnecessary alerts to turning Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, the shift lever is moved into vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, it assists the driver with parking and R (Reverse). A single tone sounds objects that are not vehicles, avoiding objects while in to indicate the system is working. or shadows. These alerts are R (Reverse). URPA operates at URPA operates only at speeds less normal operation and the vehicle speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph), than 8 km/h (5 mph). does not need service. and the sensors on the rear bumper An obstacle is indicated by audible Other Messages detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least beeps. The interval between the There are messages that may 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. beeps becomes shorter as the appear on the Driver Information vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. When the distance is less than Center (DIC) in the instrument { WARNING cluster to provide information about 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a FCA. See Object Detection System The URPA system does not continuous tone for five seconds. Messages on page 5‑30. detect pedestrians, bicyclists, To be detected, objects must be at Cleaning the System animals, or any other objects least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and located below the bumper or that below liftgate level. Objects must If the FCA system does not seem to are too close or too far from the also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the operate properly, clean the outside vehicle. To prevent injury, death, rear bumper. The distance objects of the windshield area in front of the or vehicle damage, even with can be detected may be less during camera sensor before considering URPA, always check behind the warmer or humid weather. taking the vehicle in for service. vehicle and check all mirrors before backing.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA . A trailer was attached to the system does not activate due to a vehicle, or an object was The URPA system can be turned on temporary condition, the message hanging out of the liftgate during and off using the infotainment displays on the DIC. This can occur the last drive cycle. Once the system controls. See Vehicle under the following conditions: object is removed, URPA will Personalization on page 5‑34 for return to normal operation. more information. . The driver has disabled the system. . A tow bar is attached to the When the system is off, PARK vehicle. ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver . The ultrasonic sensors are not Information Center (DIC). The clean. Keep the vehicle's rear . The bumper is damaged. Take message disappears after a short bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, the vehicle to your dealer to period of time. ice, and slush. For cleaning repair the system. instructions, see Exterior Care . URPA defaults to the on setting Other conditions, such as on page 10 81. each time the vehicle is started. ‑ vibrations from a jackhammer or . The park assist sensors are the compression of air brakes on When the System Does Not covered by frost or ice. Frost or a very large truck, are affecting Seem to Work Properly ice can form around and behind system performance. The following messages may be the sensors and may not always displayed on the DIC: be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If weather. The message may not this message occurs, take the clear until the frost or ice has vehicle to your dealer to repair the melted. system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Rear Vision To cancel the delay, do one of the WARNING (Continued) Camera (RVC) following: cross-traffic. Perceived distances . Press a hard key on the The vehicle may have a Rear Vision navigation system. Camera (RVC) system. Read this may be different from actual entire section before using it. distances. . Shift into P (Park). The RVC can assist the driver when Failure to use proper care before . Reach a vehicle speed of backing up by displaying a view of backing may result in injury, 8 km/h (5 mph). death, or vehicle damage. Always the area behind the vehicle. Turning the Rear Vision Camera check before backing by checking System On or Off { WARNING behind and around the vehicle. To turn the rear vision camera system on or off: The RVC system does not display An image appears on the radio pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, screen with the message Check 1. Shift into P (Park). or any other object located Surroundings for Safety when the 2. Press the CONFIG button. outside the camera's field of view, vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). below the bumper, or under the The radio screen goes to the 3. Select Display. vehicle. previous screen after approximately Do not back the vehicle using 10 seconds once the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse). only the RVC screen or by using the screen during longer, higher speed backing maneuvers, or where there could be (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

disabled and the symbols have To turn the guidelines on or off: been turned on. See Ultrasonic 1. Shift into P (Park). Parking Assist on page 9‑43. 2. Press the CONFIG button. The symbols appear and may cover an object when viewing the radio 3. Select Display. screen when an object is detected 4. Select Rear Camera Options. by the URPA system. 5. Select Guidelines. When a To turn the symbols on or off: check mark appears next to the 1. Shift into P (Park). Guidelines option, guidelines will appear. 2. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Display. Rear Vision Camera Error 4. Select Rear Camera Options. Messages 4. Select Rear Camera Options. 5. Select Camera. When a check SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA mark appears next to the 5. Select Symbols. When a check SYSTEM: This message can Camera option, then the RVC mark appears next to the display on the radio screen when system is on. Symbols option, symbols will the system is not receiving appear. information it requires from other Symbols Guidelines vehicle systems. The RVC system may have a If any other problem occurs or if a feature that lets the driver view The RVC system has a guideline problem persists, see your dealer. symbols on the radio screen while overlay that can help the driver align using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear the vehicle when backing into a Park Assist (URPA) system must parking spot. not be disabled to use the caution symbols. The error message Rear Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable

may display if URPA has been by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Rear Vision Camera Location It does not display objects that are close to either corner or under the bumper and can vary depending on vehicle orientation or road conditions. The distance of the image that appears on the screen is different from the actual distance. The following illustration shows the field of view that the camera provides.

The camera is located above the license plate. The area displayed by the camera is limited.

A. View displayed by the camera. B. Corner of the rear bumper.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

When the System Does Not Lane Departure WARNING (Continued) Seem To Work Properly Warning (LDW) . Warn that the vehicle is The RVC system may not work For vehicles with this feature, read crossing a lane marking if the properly or display a clear image if: the entire section before using it. system does not detect the . The RVC is turned off. See lane marking. “Turning the Rear Vision Camera { WARNING System On or Off” earlier in this LDW will operate even if it only section. The LDW system does not steer detects lane markings on one . It is dark. the vehicle and is an aid to help side of the road. It will not warn if the vehicle stay in the driving the vehicle departs the lane from . The sun or the beam of lane. The LDW system may not: the side where it has not detected headlights is shining directly into a lane marker. The vehicle the camera lens. . Provide enough time to avoid a lane change collision. position must be maintained . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else within the lane or, vehicle builds up on the camera lens. . Be loud enough to hear the damage, injury, or death could Clean the lens, rinse it with warning beeps. occur. Even with LDW, always water, and wipe it with a soft . Work properly under bad keep your attention on the road cloth. weather conditions or if the and maintain proper vehicle . The back of the vehicle is in an windshield is dirty. position within the lane. Always accident, the position and . Detect lane markings and will keep the windshield clean and do mounting angle of the camera not detect road edges. not use LDW in bad weather can change or the camera can conditions. be affected. Be sure to have the (Continued) camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

When the vehicle crosses a To change the volume of the detected lane marking, the LDW warning chime, see “Chime Volume” indicator will flash and three beeps under Vehicle Personalization on will sound. LDW will not warn if the page 5‑34 for more information. turn signal is on or if a sharp maneuver is made. When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly How the System Works If the LDW symbol does not appear: The LDW camera sensor is on the . The lane markings on the road windshield ahead of the rearview may not be seen. mirror. . The camera sensor may be blocked by dirt, snow or ice. When the vehicle is started, the LDW indicator on the instrument . The windshield may be panel will come on briefly. damaged. LDW operates at speeds of 56 km . The weather may be limiting (35 mph) or greater. If LDW is on, visibility. the LDW indicator will appear green if the system detects a left or right lane marking. This indicator will change to amber, flash, and three beeps will sound if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking without using the turn signal. To turn LDW on and off, press the LANE DEPART control on the steering wheel. The control indicator will light when LDW is on. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

This is normal operation; the vehicle LDW Messages { WARNING does not need service. Clean the FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, windshield. If the headlamps are not cleaned CLEAN WINDSHIELD: This or properly aimed, the LDW message may appear because the { WARNING system may not detect lanes front camera is blocked and cannot operate properly. It may also If the LDW camera sensor is ahead. LDW may not help avoid a collision under these conditions. activate during heavy rain or due to blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if road spray. the windshield is damaged, it may Keep the headlamps clean and not detect a vehicle ahead. LDW properly aimed. LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM may not help avoid a collision UNAVAILABLE: This message may appear if LDW does not under these conditions. Do not LDW warnings may occasionally activate due to a temporary rely on LDW when the camera is occur due to tar marks, shadows, condition. blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. cracks in the road, or other road Keep the windshield clean. imperfections. This is normal system SERVICE FRONT CAMERA: This operation, the vehicle does not need message may appear to indicate service. that LDW is not working properly. If this message remains on after continued driving, the system needs service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Fuel commonly referred to as spark knock, might be heard when driving. Use of the recommended fuel If this occurs, use a gasoline rated is an important part of the proper at 87 octane or higher as soon as maintenance of this vehicle. To help possible. If heavy knocking is heard keep the engine clean and maintain when using gasoline rated at optimum vehicle performance, we 87 octane or higher, the engine recommend the use of gasoline needs service. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. Gasoline Specifications Look for the TOP TIER label on the (U.S. and Canada Only) fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets At a minimum, gasoline should enhanced detergency standards Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge developed by auto companies. A list meet ASTM specification D 4814 and a yellow fuel cap can use either in the United States or CAN/ of marketers providing TOP TIER unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). www.toptiergas.com. Some gasolines contain an See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on octane-enhancing additive called page 9‑53. For all other vehicles, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese use only the unleaded gasoline tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend described under Recommended against the use of gasolines Fuel on page 9‑51. containing MMT. See Fuel Additives on page 9‑52 for additional Recommended Fuel information. Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher. If the octane rating is less than 87, an audible knocking noise, Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

California Fuel Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean Requirements Countries and avoid problems due to dirty If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced label. If this fuel is not available in warranty. detergency standards developed by the auto companies. A list of states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an marketers providing TOP TIER Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil Detergent Gasoline can be found at satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the www.toptiergas.com. federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. control system performance might For customers who do not use TOP be affected. The malfunction Fuel Additives TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, indicator lamp could turn on and the one bottle of GM Fuel System vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can page 5‑15. If this occurs, return to required to contain additives that help clean deposits from fuel your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the System Treatment PLUS is the only is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing General Motors. It is available at vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. However, some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. locator/stations/) that can help you reformulated gasolines might be Fuels containing MMT can reduce find E85 fuel. Those stations that do available in your area. We spark plug life and affect emission have E85 should have a label recommend that you use these control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not gasolines, if they comply with the malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is specifications described earlier. turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and dealer for service. At a minimum, E85 should meet other fuels containing more than ASTM Specification D 5798 or 15% ethanol must not be used in Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling vehicles that were not designed for the tank with fuel mixtures that do those fuels. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either not meet ASTM or CGSB Notice: This vehicle was not unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel specifications can affect driveability designed for fuel that contains containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). and could cause the malfunction methanol. Do not use fuel For all other vehicles, use only the indicator lamp to come on. As the containing methanol. It can unleaded gasoline described under outside temperature approaches corrode metal parts in the fuel Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors system and also damage plastic should supply winter grade ethanol, and rubber parts. That damage We encourage the use of E85 in the same as with unleaded would not be covered under the vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. vehicle warranty. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” fuel, meaning it is made from The starting characteristics of E85 Some gasolines that are renewable sources such as corn fuel make it unsuitable for use when not reformulated for low and other crops. temperatures fall below −18°C emissions can contain an (0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to octane-enhancing additive called Many service stations will not have 0°C (32°F), it may take more time to methylcyclopentadienyl manganese an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump start the engine. tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant available. The U.S. Department of Energy has an alternative fuels where you buy gasoline whether the by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

It is best not to alternate repeatedly Notice: Some additives are not Filling the Tank between gasoline and E85. If you compatible with E85 fuel and can do switch fuels, it is recommended harm the vehicle's fuel system. that you add as much fuel as Do not add anything to E85. { WARNING possible — do not add less than Damage caused by additives Fuel vapor burns violently and a 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You would not be covered by the fuel fire can cause bad injuries. should drive the vehicle immediately vehicle warranty. To help avoid injuries to you and after refueling for at least 11 km Notice: This vehicle was not (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt others, read and follow all the designed for fuel that contains instructions on the fuel pump to the change in ethanol methanol. Do not use fuel concentration. island. Turn off the engine when containing methanol. It can refueling. Do not smoke near fuel E85 has less energy per liter corrode metal parts in the fuel or when refueling the vehicle. Do (gallon) than gasoline, so you will system and also damage plastic not use cellular phones. Keep need to refill the fuel tank more and rubber parts. That damage sparks, flames, and smoking often when using E85 than when would not be covered under the materials away from fuel. Do not you are using gasoline. See Filling vehicle warranty. leave the fuel pump unattended the Tank on page 9‑54. when refueling the vehicle. This is against the law in some places. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep children away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

{ WARNING { WARNING

Fuel can spray out on you if you If a fire starts while you are open the fuel cap too quickly. refueling, do not remove the If you spill fuel and then nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by something ignites it, you could be shutting off the pump or by badly burned. This spray can notifying the station attendant. happen if the tank is nearly full, Leave the area immediately. and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait Notice: If a new fuel cap is for any hiss noise to stop. Then needed, be sure to get the right unscrew the cap all the way. The tethered fuel cap is behind the type of cap from your dealer. The fuel door on the vehicle's passenger wrong type of fuel cap might not side. To open the fuel door, push the Do not top off or overfill the tank. fit properly, might cause the rearward center edge in and release Wait a few seconds before removing malfunction indicator lamp to and the door will open. Turn the fuel the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted light, and could damage the fuel cap counterclockwise to remove. Do surfaces as soon as possible. See tank and emissions system. See not release the cap too soon or it Exterior Care on page 10‑81. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on will spring back. Reinstall the cap by page 5‑15. turning it clockwise until it clicks. If the cap is not properly installed, the malfunction indicator lamp will come on. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑15 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing Container . Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing { WARNING with the inside of the fill Information opening before operating the Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be Only use towing equipment that has while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is been designed for the vehicle. electricity discharge from the complete. Contact your dealer or trailering container can ignite the fuel dealer for assistance with preparing . Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. and the vehicle damaged if this See the following trailer towing occurs. To help avoid injury to you . Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: while pumping fuel. and others: . For information on driving while . Dispense fuel only into towing a trailer, see “Driving approved containers. Characteristics and Towing Tips.” . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.” or on any surface other than . For information on equipment to the ground. tow a trailer, see “Towing (Continued) Equipment.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

For information on towing a disabled The following information has vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on WARNING (Continued) important trailering tips and rules for page 10‑77. For information on your safety and that of your towing the vehicle behind another have been followed. Ask your passengers. Read this section vehicle such as a motor home, see dealer for advice and information carefully before pulling a trailer. Recreational Vehicle Towing on about towing a trailer with the page 10‑78. vehicle. Pulling a Trailer Here are some important points: Driving Characteristics The vehicle can tow a trailer when . There are many laws, including and Towing Tips equipped with the proper trailer speed limit restrictions that apply towing equipment. For trailering to trailering. Check for legal capacity, see Trailer Towing { WARNING “ ” requirements with state or following in this section. Trailering provincial police. changes handling, acceleration, The driver can lose control when . Do not tow a trailer at all during pulling a trailer if the correct braking, durability and fuel economy. With the added weight, the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) equipment is not used or the the engine, transmission, wheel the new vehicle is driven. The vehicle is not driven properly. For assemblies and tires are forced to engine, axle or other parts could example, if the trailer is too work harder and under greater be damaged. heavy, the brakes may not work loads. The trailer also adds wind . During the first 800 km well — or even at all. The driver resistance, increasing the pulling (500 miles) that a trailer is and passengers could be requirements. For safe trailering, towed, do not drive over 80 km/h seriously injured. The vehicle may correctly use the proper trailering (50 mph) and do not make starts also be damaged; the resulting equipment. at full throttle. This reduces wear repairs would not be covered by on the vehicle. the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer . only if all the steps in this section The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Use a lower gear if the (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information transmission shifts too often. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

. Do not use the Fuel Saver Mode Check all trailer hitch parts and Following Distance when towing. attachments, safety chains, Stay at least twice as far behind the . electrical connectors, lamps, tires Obey speed limit restrictions. Do vehicle ahead as you would when and mirror adjustments. If the trailer not drive faster than the driving the vehicle without a trailer. has electric brakes, start the vehicle maximum posted speed for This can help to avoid situations and trailer moving and then apply trailers, or no more than 90 km/h that require heavy braking and the trailer brake controller by hand (55 mph), to reduce wear on the sudden turns. vehicle. to be sure the brakes are working. Passing . For vehicles with the Ultra Rear During the trip, check regularly to be Parking Assist (URPA) system, sure that the load is secure, and the More passing distance is needed turn the system off when towing lamps and trailer brakes are working when towing a trailer. Because the a trailer. If the tow bar is properly. rig is longer, it is necessary to go installed while not towing a Towing with a Stability Control farther beyond the passed vehicle trailer, change the URPA system before returning to the lane. System to the “Tow Bar” setting. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on When towing, the sound of the Backing Up page 9‑43 for more information. stability control system might be Hold the bottom of the steering heard. The system is reacting to the wheel with one hand. To move the Driving with a Trailer vehicle movement caused by the trailer to the left, move that hand to Towing a trailer requires experience. trailer, which mainly occurs during the left. To move the trailer to the Get familiar with handling and cornering. This is normal when right, move your hand to the right. braking with the added trailer towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and, weight. The vehicle is now longer if possible, have someone and not as responsive as the guide you. vehicle is by itself.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Making Turns burned out. Check occasionally to engine off. If the overheat warning be sure the trailer bulbs are still comes on, see Engine Overheating Notice: Making very sharp turns working. on page 10 20. while trailering could cause the ‑ trailer to come in contact with the Driving on Grades Parking on Hills vehicle. The vehicle could be Reduce speed and shift to a damaged. Avoid making very { WARNING sharp turns while trailering. lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade. If the When turning with a trailer, make transmission is not shifted down, the Parking the vehicle on a hill with wider turns than normal so the brakes might have to be used so the trailer attached can be trailer will not strike soft shoulders, much that they would get hot and no dangerous. If something goes curbs, road signs, trees or other longer work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. objects. Use the turn signal well in People can be injured, and both The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). advance and avoid jerky or sudden the vehicle and the trailer can be Use a lower gear if the transmission maneuvers. damaged. When possible, always shifts too often. park the rig on a flat surface. Turn Signals When Towing a When towing at high altitude on Trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant If parking the rig on a hill: The turn signal indicators on the will boil at a lower temperature than instrument panel flash whenever at normal altitudes. If the engine is 1. Press the brake pedal, but do signaling a turn or lane change. turned off immediately after towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Properly hooked up, the trailer at high altitude on steep uphill the wheels into the curb if facing lamps also flash, telling other grades, the vehicle may show signs downhill or into traffic if facing drivers the vehicle is turning, similar to engine overheating. To uphill. avoid this, let the engine run while changing lanes or stopping. 2. Have someone place chocks parked, preferably on level ground, under the trailer wheels. When towing a trailer, the arrows on with the transmission in P (Park) for the instrument panel flash for turns a few minutes before turning the even if the bulbs on the trailer are Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

3. When the wheel chocks are in that are especially important in Weight of the Trailer place, release the brake pedal trailer operation are automatic How heavy can a trailer safely be? until the chocks absorb the load. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Speed, altitude, road grades, 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then lubricant, belts, cooling system and outside temperature, special apply the parking brake and shift brake system. Inspect these before equipment, and the amount of into P (Park). and during the trip. tongue weight the vehicle can carry Check periodically to see that all 5. Release the brake pedal. must be considered. See Weight of hitch nuts and bolts are tight. “ the Trailer Tongue later in this Leaving After Parking on a Hill ” Engine Cooling When Trailer section for more information. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated 2. Start the engine. The cooling system may temporarily assuming only the driver is in the 3. Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating tow vehicle and it has all the conditions. See Engine Overheating required trailering equipment. The 4. Release the parking brake. on page 10‑20. weight of additional optional 5. Let up on the brake pedal. equipment, passengers and cargo in Trailer Towing the tow vehicle must be subtracted 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is from the maximum trailer weight. clear of the chocks. Before pulling a trailer, there are 7. Stop and have someone pick up three important considerations that and store the chocks. have to do with weight: . Maintenance When Trailer The weight of the trailer Towing . The weight of the trailer tongue The vehicle needs service more . The total weight on the vehicle's often when pulling a trailer. See this tires manual's Maintenance Schedule or Index for more information. Things Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, weight the vehicle can carry, which based upon the vehicle model and options. will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, Maximum Trailer GCWR* the tongue load must be added to Weight with Trailer the GVW because the vehicle will Vehicle Brakes† be carrying that weight, too. See 2.4 L L4 Engine, FWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 625 kg (5,787 lbs) Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16. 2.4 L L4 Engine, AWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 700 kg (5,952 lbs) 3.0 L V6 Engine, FWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 600 kg (7,937 lbs) 3.0 L V6 Engine, AWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 700 kg (8,157 lbs) † For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg (1,000 lbs). See Towing Equipment on page 9‑62 for more information.

*The Gross Combination Weight Weight of the Trailer Tongue Rating (GCWR) is the total The tongue load (A) of any trailer is allowable weight of the completely an important weight to measure loaded vehicle and trailer including because it affects the total gross any passengers, cargo, equipment weight of the vehicle. The Gross If a weight-carrying hitch or a and conversions. The GCWR for the Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the weight-distributing hitch is being vehicle should not be exceeded. curb weight of the vehicle, any used, the trailer tongue (A) should Ask your dealer for our trailering cargo carried in it, and the people weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total information or advice. See who will be riding in the vehicle. loaded trailer weight (B). Customer Assistance Offices on If there are a lot of options, page 13‑3 for more information. equipment, passengers or cargo in the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

After loading the trailer, weigh Total Weight on the Vehicle's . Will any holes be made in the the trailer and then the tongue, Tires body of the vehicle when the separately, to see if the weights are trailer hitch is installed? If there proper. If they are not, adjustments Inflate the vehicle's tires to the are, seal the holes when the might be made by moving some upper limit for cold tires. These hitch is removed. If the holes are items around in the trailer. numbers can be found on the not sealed, dirt, water, and Certification label or see Vehicle deadly carbon monoxide (CO) Trailering may be limited by the Load Limits on page 9‑16 for more from the exhaust can get into the vehicle's ability to carry tongue information. Do not go over the vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on weight. Tongue weight cannot cause GVW limit for the vehicle, or the page 9‑28. the vehicle to exceed the GVWR GAWR, including the weight of the (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or trailer tongue. If using a weight Safety Chains the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle distributing hitch, do not go over the Always attach chains between the Weight Rating). The effect of rear axle limit before applying the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the additional weight may reduce the weight distribution spring bars. safety chains under the tongue of trailering capacity more than the the trailer to help prevent the tongue total of the additional weight. Towing Equipment from contacting the road if it It is important that the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch. does not exceed any of its Hitches Leave enough slack so the rig can ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Use the correct hitch equipment. turn. Never allow safety chains to Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue See your dealer or a hitch dealer for drag on the ground. Weight. The only way to be sure it is assistance. not exceeding any of these ratings . The rear bumper on the vehicle is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. is not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

Trailer Brakes Conversions and Does the trailer have its own Add-Ons brakes? Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and Add-On Electrical maintained properly. Equipment When TSC is applying the brakes, Because the vehicle has antilock the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Notice: Do not add anything brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's flashes to notify the driver to reduce electrical to the vehicle unless brake system. If this is done, both speed. If the trailer continues to you check with your dealer first. brake systems will not work well, sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine Some electrical equipment can or at all. torque to help slow the vehicle. damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is Trailer Sway ® the vehicle's warranty. Some Control (TSC) turned off. See StabiliTrak System add-on electrical equipment can on page 9‑37 for more information. keep other components from The vehicle has a Trailer Sway working as they should. Control (TSC) feature as part of the Add-on equipment can drain the StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects vehicle's 12 volt battery, even if the that the trailer is swaying, the ‐ vehicle is not operating. vehicle's brakes are automatically applied. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑32 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑33.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Power Steering Fluid (3.0L Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care V6 Engine) ...... 10-22 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Washer Fluid ...... 10-23 and Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-34 Brakes ...... 10-23 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-35 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-24 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-26 California Proposition All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-26 Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Fuses ...... 10-36 California Perchlorate Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Lock Control Function Block ...... 10-37 Accessories and Check ...... 10-27 Instrument Panel Fuse Modifications ...... 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 10-40 Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-28 Wheels and Tires Doing Your Own Park Brake and P (Park) Tires ...... 10-42 Service Work ...... 10-4 Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Hood ...... 10-5 Wiper Blade Tire Designations ...... 10-46 Engine Compartment Replacement ...... 10-29 Tire Terminology and Overview ...... 10-6 Headlamp Aiming Definitions ...... 10-46 Engine Cover ...... 10-10 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 Engine Oil ...... 10-10 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Bulb Replacement System ...... 10-51 Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Tire Pressure Monitor Fluid ...... 10-13 Headlamps, Front Turn Operation ...... 10-53 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14 Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Inspection ...... 10-56 Cooling System ...... 10-15 Parking Lamps ...... 10-33 Tire Rotation ...... 10-56 Engine Coolant ...... 10-17 Fog Lamps ...... 10-34 When It Is Time for New Engine Overheating ...... 10-20 Tires ...... 10-57 Power Steering Fluid (2.4L Buying New Tires ...... 10-58

L4 Engine) ...... 10-22 by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and General Information Genuine GM parts have one of Wheels ...... 10-60 these marks: Uniform Tire Quality For service and parts needs, visit Grading ...... 10-60 your dealer. You will receive Wheel Alignment and Tire genuine GM parts and GM-trained Balance ...... 10-62 and supported service people. Wheel Replacement ...... 10-62 Tire Chains ...... 10-63 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Tire Changing ...... 10-65 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-73 Jump Starting Jump Starting ...... 10-74 Towing Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-77 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 10-78 Appearance Care Exterior Care ...... 10-81 Interior Care ...... 10-84 Floor Mats ...... 10-86

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition California Perchlorate Accessories and 65 Warning Materials Requirements Modifications Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories or one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag making modifications to the vehicle known to the State of California to initiators, seat belt pretensioners, can affect vehicle performance and cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in safety, including such things as other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, airbags, braking, stability, ride and exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. handling, emissions systems, many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability perchlorate. control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service complement and function with other work, use the proper service systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories Service Work than this manual can. To order the installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service Also, see Adding Equipment to the { WARNING Publications Ordering Information Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13‑13. page 3‑33. You can be injured and the This vehicle has an airbag system. vehicle could be damaged if you Before attempting to do your own try to do service work on a vehicle service work, see Servicing the without knowing enough about it. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on . Be sure you have sufficient page 3‑32. knowledge, experience, the Keep a record with all parts receipts proper replacement parts, and list the mileage and the date of and tools before attempting any service work performed. See any vehicle Maintenance Records on maintenance task. page 11‑15. . Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts, and other fasteners. Metric and English fasteners can be easily confused. If the wrong fasteners are used, parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood To close the hood: To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary.

2. Move the secondary hood release lever to the right to release the striker. The lever is near the middle of the hood. 1. Pull the release handle located below the instrument panel to 3. Lift the hood. the left of the steering wheel.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.4 L L4 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Engine Compartment Fuse I. Battery on page 10‑26 (Out page 10‑14. Block on page 10‑37. of View). B. Engine Cover on page 10‑10. G. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. J. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and C. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of See Jump Starting on Pressure Cap. See Engine View). See Engine Oil on page 10‑74. Coolant on page 10‑17. page 10‑10. H. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. K. Windshield Washer Fluid D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine See Jump Starting on Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on page 10 74. page 10 23. Oil on page 10‑10. ‑ ‑ E. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑23.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

3.0 L V6 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on D. Engine Cover on page 10‑10. I. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. page 10‑14. E. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of See Jump Starting on B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir View). See Engine Oil on page 10‑74. (Under Engine Cover). See page 10‑10. J. Battery on page 10‑26 (Out Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4 F. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See of View). Engine) on page 10 22 or ‑ Brakes on page 10‑23. K. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Power Steering Fluid (3.0L G. Engine Compartment Fuse Pressure Cap. See Engine V6 Engine) on page 10‑22. Coolant on page 10 17. Block on page 10‑37. ‑ C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine L. Windshield Washer Fluid Oil on page 10‑10. H. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Starting on Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on page 10 23. page 10‑74. ‑

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Engine Cover 4. Lift and remove the engine . Always dispose of engine oil cover. properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall engine cover. Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine Engine Oil oil level at each fuel fill. In order to To ensure proper engine get an accurate reading, the vehicle performance and long life, careful must be on level ground. The attention must be paid to engine oil. engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow Following these simple, but loop. See Engine Compartment important steps will help protect Overview on page 10‑6 for the your investment: location of the engine oil dipstick. . Always use engine oil approved Obtaining an accurate oil level Engine Cover 3.0L V6 to the proper specification and of reading is essential: A. Oil Fill Cap the proper viscosity grade. See 1. If the engine has been running B. Engine Cover Bolt “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” recently, turn off the engine and in this section. allow several minutes for the oil C. Engine Cover . Check the engine oil level to drain back into the oil pan. To remove: regularly and maintain the Checking the oil level too soon 1. Remove the oil fill cap (A). proper oil level. See “Checking after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil” and “When to Add provide an accurate oil level 2. Remove the engine cover Engine Oil” in this section. reading. bolt (B). . Change the engine oil at the 3. Raise the engine cover (C) to appropriate time. See Engine Oil release from the retainers. Life System on page 10‑12.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it what kind of oil to use. For engine Add enough oil to put the level with a paper towel or cloth, then oil crankcase capacity, see somewhere in the proper operating push it back in all the way. Capacities and Specifications on range. Push the dipstick all the way Remove it again, keeping the tip page 12‑2. back in when through. down, and check the level. Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range Selecting the right engine oil shown on the dipstick are harmful depends on both the proper oil to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade. have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and operating range, i.e., the engine Lubricants on page 11‑12. has so much oil that the oil level Specification gets above the cross-hatched 2.4L L4 Engine area that shows the proper Use and ask for licensed engine oils operating range, the engine could with the dexos1™ approved be damaged. You should drain certification mark. Engine oils out the excess oil or limit driving meeting the requirements for the of the vehicle and seek a service vehicle should have the dexos1 professional to remove the approved certification mark. This excess amount of oil. certification mark indicates that the oil has been approved to the dexos1 3.0L V6 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview specification. on page 10‑6 for the location of the If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap. area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section for an explanation of Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

grade, always select an oil that containing used engine oil. See the meets the dexos1 specification or manufacturer's warnings about the equivalent. See “Specification” for use and disposal of oil products. more information. Used oil can be a threat to the Engine Oil Additives/Engine environment. If you change your Oil Flushes own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Notice: Failure to use the from the filter before disposal. Never recommended engine oil or Do not add anything to the oil. The dispose of oil by putting it in the equivalent can result in engine recommended oils with the dexos trash or pouring it on the ground, damage not covered by the specification and displaying the into sewers, or into streams or vehicle warranty. Check with your dexos certification mark are all that bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dealer or service provider on is needed for good performance and it to a place that collects used oil. whether the oil is approved to the engine protection. dexos1 specification. Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System Viscosity Grade recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the When to Change Engine Oil SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system grade for the vehicle. Do not use What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the other viscosity grade oils such as engine oil and filter. This is based SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which If in an area of extreme cold, where elements that can be unhealthy for include engine revolutions, engine the temperature falls below −20°F your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should cancer. Do not let used oil stay on Based on driving conditions, the be used. An oil of this viscosity your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is grade will provide easier cold skin and nails with soap and water, indicated can vary considerably. For starting for the engine at extremely or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly, low temperatures. When selecting properly dispose of clothing or rags the system must be reset every time an oil of the appropriate viscosity the oil is changed. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil The system is reset when the that oil life has been diminished, it Life System CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON indicates that an oil change is message goes off. Reset the system whenever the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next message comes back on when the Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑29. vehicle is started, the engine oil life Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil change. To reset the system: system has not been reset. Repeat within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). the procedure. It is possible that, if driving under 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, the best conditions, the oil life with the engine off. system might indicate that an oil Automatic Transmission 2. Press the DIC MENU button to change is not necessary for up to a Fluid display the Vehicle year. The engine oil and filter must Information menu. be changed at least once a year How to Check Automatic and, at this time, the system must 3. Press either the up or down Transmission Fluid be reset. Your dealer has trained arrows to view REMAINING It is not necessary to check the service people who will perform this OIL LIFE. transmission fluid level. work and reset the system. It is also 4. Press the SET/CLR button until A transmission fluid leak is the only important to check the oil regularly 100% is displayed. reason for fluid loss. If a leak over the course of an oil drain occurs, take the vehicle to your interval and keep it at the proper 5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. dealer and have it repaired as soon level. Or: as possible. If the system is ever reset 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with accidentally, the oil must be the engine off. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. 2. Fully press and release the Remember to reset the oil life accelerator pedal three times system whenever the oil is changed. within five seconds. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

There is a special procedure for When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air checking and changing the Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: transmission fluid. Because this 1. Open the hood. See Hood on procedure is difficult, this should be Inspect or replace the air cleaner/ page 10‑5. done at your dealer. Contact your filter at the scheduled maintenance dealer for additional information or intervals. See Maintenance 2. Locate the air filter housing on the procedure can be found in the Schedule on page 11‑3 for more the passenger side of the engine service manual. To purchase a information. If driving in dusty/dirty compartment. See Engine service manual, see Service conditions, inspect the filter at each Compartment Overview on Publications Ordering Information engine oil change. page 10‑6. on page 13‑13. How to Inspect the Engine Air Change the fluid and filter at the Cleaner/Filter intervals listed in Maintenance To inspect the air cleaner/filter, Schedule on page 11‑3, and be sure remove the filter from the vehicle to use the fluid listed in and lightly shake the filter to release Recommended Fluids and loose dust and dirt. If the filter Lubricants on page 11‑12. remains covered with dirt, a new filter is required. Never use Engine Air Cleaner/Filter compressed air to clean the filter. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for the location of the engine air cleaner/filter. 3. Remove the four air cleaner housing cover screws.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

4. Pull straight up on the cover, and Cooling System while holding the cover, remove { WARNING the air cleaner filter. Operating the engine with the air 5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner cleaner/filter off can cause you or filter. others to be burned. The air How to Reinstall Engine Air cleaner not only cleans the air; it Cleaner/Filter helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when 1. Install the air cleaner filter into working on the engine and do not the air cleaner housing. The drive with the air cleaner/filter off. outer air cleaner filter seal must be fitted properly in the air cleaner housing. Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the 2. Align the air cleaner housing engine, which could damage it. 2.4 L L4 Engine cover tabs to the air cleaner Always have the air cleaner/filter A. Engine Cooling Fan (Out housing. in place when you are driving. of View) 3. Install the air cleaner housing B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and cover using the four screws. Pressure Cap

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

If the coolant inside the coolant If there seems to be no leak, with surge tank is boiling, do not do the engine on, check to see if the anything else until it cools down. electric engine cooling fan is The vehicle should be parked on a running. If the engine is level surface. overheating, the fan should be The coolant level should be at the running. If it is not, the vehicle COLD FILL line. If it is not, the needs service. Turn off the engine. vehicle may have a leak at the Notice: Using coolant other than radiator hoses, heater hoses, DEX-COOL® can cause premature radiator, water pump, or somewhere engine, heater core, or radiator else in the cooling system. corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant could require changing 3.0 L V6 Engine { WARNING sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out or 24 months, whichever occurs of View) Heater and radiator hoses, and first. Any repairs would not be other engine parts, can be very covered by the vehicle warranty. B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Always use DEX-COOL Pressure Cap you can be burned. (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it An electric engine cooling fan could lose all coolant. That could under the hood can start up even cause an engine fire, and you when the engine is not running could be burned. Get any leak and can cause injury. Keep fixed before you drive the vehicle. hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Engine Coolant . Will not damage aluminum parts. WARNING (Continued) . Helps keep the proper engine The cooling system in the vehicle is temperature. filled with DEX-COOL® engine mixture, the engine could get too coolant. This coolant is designed to hot but you would not get the Notice: If an improper coolant remain in the vehicle for 5 years or overheat warning. The engine mixture is used, the engine could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever could catch fire and you or others overheat and be badly damaged. occurs first. could be burned. Use a The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. The following explains the cooling 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable Too much water in the mixture system and how to check and add water and DEX-COOL coolant. can freeze and crack the engine, coolant when it is low. If there is a radiator, heater core, and other problem with engine overheating, Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, parts. see Engine Overheating on drinkable water and DEX-COOL page 10‑20. coolant. If using this mixture, Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on What to Use nothing else needs to be added. This mixture: the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant { WARNING . Gives freezing protection down changed by an authorized service to −37°C (−34°F), outside center, familiar with legal Adding only plain water or some temperature. requirements regarding used other liquid to the cooling system . Gives boiling protection up to coolant disposal. This will help can be dangerous. Plain water 129°C (265°F), engine protect the environment and your and other liquids, can boil before temperature. health. the proper coolant mixture will. . Protects against rust and The coolant warning system is set corrosion. for the proper coolant mixture. With plain water or the wrong (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the { WARNING The vehicle must be on a level Coolant Surge Tank surface when checking the coolant Notice: This vehicle has a Steam and scalding liquids from a level. specific coolant fill procedure. hot cooling system can blow out Check to see if coolant is visible in Failure to follow this procedure and burn you badly. They are the coolant surge tank. If the coolant could cause the engine to under pressure, and if you turn inside the coolant surge tank is overheat and be severely the coolant surge tank pressure boiling, do not do anything else until damaged. cap — even a little — they can it cools down. If coolant is visible If you have not found a problem yet, come out at high speed. Never but the coolant level is not at or check to see if coolant is visible in turn the cap when the cooling above the COLD FILL line, add a the coolant surge tank. If coolant system, including the coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable is visible but the coolant level is not surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant at the at the COLD FILL line, add a Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank, but be sure the 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant surge tank pressure cap cooling system is cool before this is water and DEX-COOL coolant at the to cool if you ever have to turn done. See Cooling System on coolant surge tank, but be sure the the pressure cap. page 10‑15 for more information. cooling system, including the The coolant surge tank is located in coolant surge tank pressure cap, is the engine compartment on the cool before you do it. See Engine driver side of the vehicle. See Overheating on page 10‑20 for more Engine Compartment Overview on information. page 10‑6 for more information on location.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

{ WARNING { WARNING

Adding only plain water or some You can be burned if you spill other liquid to the cooling system coolant on hot engine parts. can be dangerous. Plain water Coolant contains ethylene glycol and other liquids, can boil before and it will burn if the engine parts 1. Remove the coolant surge tank the proper coolant mixture will. are hot enough. Do not spill pressure cap when the cooling The coolant warning system is set coolant on a hot engine. system, including the coolant for the proper coolant mixture. surge tank pressure cap and With plain water or the wrong Notice: In cold weather, water upper radiator hose, is no mixture, the engine could get too can freeze and crack the engine, longer hot. hot but you would not get the radiator, heater core and other overheat warning. The engine Turn the pressure cap slowly parts. Use the recommended counterclockwise about could catch fire and you or others coolant and the proper coolant could be burned. Use a one-quarter of a turn. If you hear mixture. a hiss, wait for that to stop. This 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable will allow any pressure still left to water and DEX-COOL coolant. be vented out the discharge hose. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, and remove it.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is The vehicle has an indicator to warn lower, add more of the proper of engine overheating. There is an DEX-COOL coolant mixture to engine coolant temperature warning the coolant surge tank until the light on the vehicle's instrument level reaches the COLD panel. See Engine Coolant FILL line. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑11. 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be The decision may be made not to lift sure the pressure cap is the hood when this warning hand-tight. appears, but instead get service help right away. See Roadside Check the level in the coolant surge Assistance Program on page 13‑6. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with tank when the cooling system has the proper DEX-COOL coolant cooled down. If the coolant is not at If the decision to lift the hood is mixture, to the COLD FILL line. the proper level, repeat Steps 1 made, make sure the vehicle is 4. With the coolant surge tank through 3 and reinstall the pressure parked on a level surface. pressure cap off, start the cap. If the coolant still is not at the Then check to see if the engine engine and let it run until the proper level when the system cools cooling fan(s) are running. If the upper radiator hose can be felt down again, see your dealer. engine is overheating, the fan(s) getting hot. Watch out for the should be running. If they are not, engine cooling fan. do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. Notice: Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING road, shift to P (Park) or displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the or heard, the problem may not be engine idle. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge is just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: no longer in the overheat zone or an from the engine if you see or hear overheat warning no longer . steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day. displays, the vehicle can be driven. off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in steam or coolant before you open . Tows a trailer. front. If the warning does not come the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed back on, continue to drive normally. with no sign of steam: If you keep driving when the If the warning continues, pull over, engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air conditioning off. stop, and park the vehicle right away. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as engine for three minutes while of the vehicle until the engine necessary. parked. If the warning is still is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the (2.4L L4 Engine) Fluid dipstick with a clean rag. The power steering fluid does not 5. Replace the cap and completely The vehicle has electric power tighten it. steering and does not use power need to be checked unless there is steering fluid. a leak in the system or you hear an 6. Remove the cap again and look unusual noise. Have the system at the fluid level on the dipstick. inspected and repaired if there is a Power Steering Fluid fluid loss. The fluid level should be between (3.0L V6 Engine) MAX and MIN line at room How to Check Power Steering temperature. If the fluid is on or Fluid below MIN line, add fluid. Notice: Extremely small amounts What to Use of contamination can cause steering system damage and To determine what kind of fluid to cause it to not work properly. Do use, refer to Recommended Fluids not allow contaminants to contact and Lubricants on page 11‑12. Always use the proper fluid. The power steering fluid reservoir is the fluid side of the reservoir cap/ located toward the rear of the dipstick or from entering the Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid engine compartment on the reservoir. may damage the vehicle and the passenger side of the vehicle. See To check the power steering fluid: damages may not be covered by Engine Compartment Overview on the vehicle's warranty. Always page 10‑6 for reservoir location. 1. Turn the engine off and let it use the correct fluid listed in cool down. Recommended Fluids and 2. Remove the engine cover. Refer Lubricants on page 11‑12. to Engine Cover on page 10‑10. 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Washer Fluid Notice Brakes . What to Use When using concentrated This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc washer fluid, follow the brake pads have built-in wear Read the manufacturer's manufacturer's instructions indicators that make a high-pitched instructions before refilling the for adding water. warning sound when the brake pads windshield washer fluid. If operating . Do not mix water with are worn and new pads are needed. the vehicle in an area where the ready-to-use washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be temperature may fall below freezing, Water can cause the solution heard all the time the vehicle is use a fluid that has sufficient to freeze and damage the moving, except when applying the protection against freezing. washer fluid tank and other brake pedal firmly. Adding Washer Fluid parts of the washer system. Also, water does not clean as { WARNING well as washer fluid. The brake wear warning sound . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is means that soon the brakes will very cold. This allows for not work well. That could lead to fluid expansion if freezing a crash. When the brake wear occurs, which could damage warning sound is heard, have the Open the cap with the washer the tank if it is vehicle serviced. symbol on it and add washer fluid completely full. until full. See Engine Compartment . Do not use engine coolant Notice: Continuing to drive with Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir worn-out brake pads could result location. (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the in costly brake repair. windshield washer system and paint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed indicated on the reservoir cap. See specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake Engine Compartment Overview on Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking page 10‑6 for the location of the Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get reservoir. new, approved replacement parts. replaced as complete axle sets. There are only two reasons why the If this is not done, the brakes might brake fluid level in the reservoir Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example, might go down: See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are . does not return to normal height, wrong for the vehicle, can change The brake fluid level goes down or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The wear. When new linings are that brake service might be braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes required. change in many other ways if the back up. wrong replacement brake parts are installed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low Notice hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes a low fluid level. Have the brake . Using the wrong fluid can on. See Brake System Warning badly damage brake hydraulic system fixed, since a Light on page 5‑17. leak means that sooner or later hydraulic system parts. For the brakes will not work well. What to Add example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as Do not top off the brake fluid. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake Adding fluid does not correct a leak. from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can If fluid is added when the linings are Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic worn, there will be too much fluid Lubricants on page 11‑12. system parts so badly that when new brake linings are Always clean the brake fluid they will have to be replaced. installed. Add or remove brake fluid, reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in as necessary, only when work is the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system. helps keep dirt from entering the . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir. vehicle's painted surfaces, { WARNING the paint finish can be { WARNING If too much brake fluid is added, it damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the can spill on the engine and burn, With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it off if the engine is hot enough. You brake hydraulic system, the immediately. or others could be burned, and brakes might not work well. This the vehicle could be damaged. could cause a crash. Always use Add brake fluid only when work is the proper brake fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Battery Infrequent Usage: Remove the How to Check Lubricant black, negative (−) cable from the Refer to the replacement number on battery to keep the battery from the original battery label when a running down. new battery is needed. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the { WARNING battery or use a battery trickle Battery posts, terminals, and charger. related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals All-Wheel Drive known to the State of California to Transfer Case cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. When to Check and Change Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the Vehicle Storage Refer to the Maintenance Schedule vehicle should be on a level to determine how often to check the surface. lubricant and when to change it. If the level is below the bottom of { WARNING See Maintenance Schedule on the fill plug hole, located on the page 11 3. Batteries have acid that can burn ‑ transfer case, the vehicle will need you and gas that can explode. some lubricant added. Add enough You can be badly hurt if you are lubricant to raise the level to the not careful. See Jump Starting on bottom of the fill plug hole. A fluid page 10‑74 for tips on working loss could indicate a problem; check around a battery without and have it repaired, if needed. getting hurt.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

What to Use 2. Firmly apply both the parking Automatic Transmission Refer to Recommended Fluids and brake and the regular brake. See Parking Brake on Shift Lock Control Lubricants on page 11‑12 to Function Check determine what kind of lubricant page 9‑34. to use. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off { WARNING Starter Switch Check the engine immediately if it starts. When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could { WARNING 3. Try to start the engine in each move suddenly. If the vehicle gear. The vehicle should start moves, you or others could be When you are doing this only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). injured. inspection, the vehicle could If the vehicle starts in any other move suddenly. If the vehicle position, contact your dealer for moves, you or others could be service. 1. Before starting this check, be injured. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. around the vehicle. See Parking Brake on page 9‑34. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the ignition on, but do not start the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping engine. Without applying the Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set regular brake, try to move the the parking brake. shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING . To check the parking brake's normal effort. If the shift lever When you are doing this check, holding ability: With the engine moves out of P (Park), contact running and the transmission in your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake and property could be damaged. Ignition Transmission pedal. Do this until the vehicle is Make sure there is room in front Lock Check held by the parking brake only. of the vehicle in case it begins to While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park) brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle mechanism's holding ability: LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. With the engine running, shift to position. P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the . The ignition should turn to regular brake. LOCK/OFF only when the shift lever is in P (Park). Contact your dealer if service is required. . The ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF. Contact your dealer if service is required.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Wiper Blade Replacement Front Wiper Blade Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be The rear wiper blade and wiper arm inspected for wear and cracking. To replace the front wiper blades: have a cover for protection. The cover must be removed before the See Maintenance Schedule on 1. Lift the wiper arm from the wiper blade can be replaced. page 11‑3 for more information. windshield until no further Replacement blades come in movement is possible. To remove the cover: different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑14. Notice: Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any 2. Press the square button on the 1. Slide a plastic tool under the damage that occurs would not be top side, at the end of the wiper cover and push upward to covered by your warranty. Do not arm, and pull the wiper blade out unsnap. allow the wiper blade arm to of the end of the wiper arm. 2. Slide the cover towards the touch the windshield. 3. Install the wiper blade connector wiper blade tip to unhook it from by sliding into the end of the the blade assembly. wiper arm until the square button 3. Remove the cover. on the wiper blade clicks into place with the wiper arm. 4. After wiper blade replacement, ensure that cover hook slides 4. Place the wiper arm with the into the slot in the blade wiper blade in place back on the assembly. windshield. 5. Snap the cover down to secure. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

To remove the wiper blade: . Should be placed so it is Headlamp Aiming perpendicular to the wall or other 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the The headlamp aiming system has flat surface. windshield. been preset at the factory. . Should not have any snow, ice, If the vehicle is damaged in an or mud on it. accident, the aim of the headlamps . Should be fully assembled and may be affected and adjustment all other work stopped while may be necessary. headlamp aiming is being It is recommended that a dealer performed. adjust the headlamps. To re-aim the . Should be normally loaded with headlamps yourself, use the a full tank of fuel and one person following procedure. or 75 kg (160 lbs) sitting on the A. Wiper Arm The vehicle should be properly driver's seat. prepared as follows. The vehicle: B. Release Lever . Tires should be properly inflated. . Should be placed so the C. Blade Assembly Headlamp aiming is done with the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) from vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The 2. Push the release lever (B) to a light colored wall. high-beam headlamps will be disengage the hook and push . Must have all four tires on a correctly aimed if the low-beam the wiper arm (A) out of the level surface which is level all headlamps are aimed properly. blade assembly (C). the way to the wall. 3. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until the release lever clicks into place. 4. Replace the wiper cover.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

To adjust the vertical aim, do the Notice: Do not cover a headlamp following: to improve beam cut-off when 1. Open the hood. See Hood on aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up page 10‑5 for more information. which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front 4. At the wall measure from the of the headlamp not being ground upward (A) to the adjusted. This allows only the recorded distance from beam of light from the headlamp Step 3 and mark it. being adjusted to be seen on the 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) flat surface. on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4. 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low‐beam headlamp. 3. Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low‐beam headlamp. Record the distance.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10‑36. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.

9. Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal 7. Locate the vertical headlamp tape line. The lamp on the aiming screws, which are under left (A) shows the correct the hood near each headlamp headlamp aim. The lamp on the assembly. right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp aim. 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for aimed to the horizontal tape line. the opposite headlamp. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Headlamps, Front Turn 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove from Signal, Sidemarker, and lamp assembly. Parking Lamps 5. Remove the bulb from the socket or disconnect bulb assembly from harness connector. 6. Install new bulb. 7. Reinstall the lamp socket to lamp assembly turning clockwise. A. Screw 8. Replace the dust cover cap on B. Access Port Cap headlamps. 2. Remove screw (A) and turn 9. Reinstall the wheel well cover access port cap (B) access port cap and secure by A. Low Beam Headlamp counterclockwise to remove. installing screw. B. High Beam headlamp 3. If replacing low/high headlamp bulb, remove the dust cover cap C. Park/Turn Signal Lamp from the back of the headlamp D. Side Marker Lamp housing by turning the cap To replace: counterclockwise. 1. Turn the tire to reach the access port cap located on front of wheel well cover.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Fog Lamps 4. Push the bulb socket into the fog To replace one of these lamps: lamp assembly and turn 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate To replace one of these bulbs: clockwise to lock it into place. (Manual) on page 2‑9 or Liftgate 5. Reconnect the bulb socket to the (Power) on page 2‑10. electrical connector. 2. Remove the two screw covers from the taillamp assembly. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps

1. Locate the fog lamp assembly under the front facia. 2. Disconnect the bulb socket from the electrical connector, turn and pull out the bulb assembly. 3. Remove the two screws 3. Remove the old bulb from the securing the taillamp assembly. bulb socket and push the new 4. Pull taillamp assembly out of bulb straight into the bulb socket A. Sidemarker vehicle body. until it connects. B. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp/ 5. Disconnect the lamp wiring Taillamp harness. C. Back-up Lamp Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the liftgate partway. See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑9 or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑10 for more information.

A. Bulb Socket B. Bulb C. Lamp Assembly 6. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out. 4. Turn the bulb socket (A) counterclockwise to remove from 7. Pull the bulb straight out of the lamp assembly (C). socket. 5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of 8. Install the new bulb. the bulb socket. 9. Push the bulb socket in and turn 6. Push the replacement bulb it clockwise. Passenger side shown, driver side straight into the bulb socket and 10. Reverse steps 2 through 5 to similar turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall lamp assembly. 2. Push the left end of the lamp install into lamp assembly. assembly towards the right. 7. Turn the lamp assembly into the 3. Pull the lamp assembly down to liftgate engaging the clip side remove from liftgate. first.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

8. Push on the lamp side opposite Electrical System If there is a problem on the road and the clip until the lamp assembly a fuse needs to be replaced, the snaps into place. same amperage fuse can be Fuses borrowed. Choose some feature of Replacement Bulbs The wiring circuits in the vehicle are the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Bulb protected from short circuits by Exterior Lamp Number fuses. This greatly reduces the There are two fuse blocks in the chance of damage caused by vehicle: one in the engine Back-Up Lamp 921 electrical problems. compartment and one in the Fog Lamp Front H11 Look at the silver-colored band instrument panel. Headlamp inside the fuse. If the band is broken There is a fuse puller located in the 9005LL High Beam or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure engine compartment fuse block. to replace a bad fuse with a new See Engine Compartment Fuse Headlamp H11 one of the identical size and rating. Block on page 10‑37. It can be used Low Beam Replace a bad fuse with a new one to easily remove fuses from the fuse License Plate Lamp 168LL of the identical size and rating. block. Parking Lamp/Turn 7444NA Signal Front Sidemarker Front 194 and Rear Taillamp/Turn Signal 3157K Lamp/Stop Lamp

For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clips on the cover and Engine Compartment Fuse Block lift it straight up. See Engine Compartment Overview on The vehicle may not be equipped page 10‑6. J-Case Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses Notice: Spilling liquid on any features shown. 3 Brake Booster electrical component on the J-Case Usage vehicle may damage it. Always Fuses Power keep the covers on any electrical 4 Windows – Right component. 1 Cool Fan 1 Memory Seat 2 Cool Fan 2 5 Module Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Transmission Regulated Voltage 6 Power Seat – Left 17 Control Module 28 Control Battery Battery Sensor Instrument Panel 7 Fuse Block 1 18 Trailer Parking Light 29 Front Wiper 8 Rear Defogger 19 AIR Pump Solenoid 30 Rear Wiper 9 Starter Engine Control Air Conditioning 20 31 Module Battery Compressor 10 AIR Pump Motor 21 Canister Vent 32 Rear Latch Instrument Panel 11 Fuse Block 2 Trailer Left Side 33 Heated Mirrors 22 (If Equipped) 12 Sunroof 34 Horn 23 Lift Gate Module Antilock Brake Right High Beam 13 35 ‐ System Pump 24 Power Lumbar Headlamp Instrument Panel Trailer Right Side Left High Beam 14 25 36 ‐ Fuse Block 3 (If Equipped) Headlamp Power Rear Accessory 37 Ignition Even Coil 15 26 Windows Left Power Outlet – 38 Ignition Odd Coil Antilock Brake Memory Mirror 16 27 39 Windshield Washer System Module Module 40 Front Fog Lamps

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Relays Post Catalytic Instrument Panel 50 41 Converter Oxygen Fuse Block Ignition Headlamp 59 Sensor High Beam 51 Heated Seat – Front Engine Control 60 Cooling Fan Control 42 Chassis Control Module 52 Module Wiper On/Off 61 Pre Catalytic Control – Engine Control 43 Converter Oxygen 53 Module Air Conditioning Sensor 62 Compressor 54 Rear Vision Camera Transmission 44 63 Rear Defogger Control Module Midi Fuse Usage 64 Wiper Speed 45 Mirror Electric Power 65 Fog Lamp Chassis Control 55 46 Steering Module Ignition 66 Engine Control 47 Spare Micro Usage 67 Starter 48 Rear Drive Module Relays 68 Run/Crank Lift Gate Module 56 AIR Pump Solenoid 49 Logic 57 Brake Booster Mini Relays Usage 58 Cooling Fan Low 69 Cooling Fan High 70 AIR Pump Motor

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse To reinstall the door, insert the tabs on the top of the door into the Block console first, then push the door back into its original location. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

The instrument panel fuse block is located on the passenger side panel of the center console. To access the fuses, open the fuse panel door from the passenger side by pulling it out.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Steering Wheel Heater, Ventilation Special Equipment 1 Dimming 12 and Air Conditioning 21 Order Retained Battery Accessory Power 2 Spare Auxiliary Power Sensing and 3 Spare 13 Front 22 Diagnostic Module Body Control Ignition 4 Heater, Ventilation Module 1 14 and Air Conditioning 23 Spare 5 Infotainment Ignition 24 Spare Body Control 15 Display 6 Transmission Gear Module 7 Body Control 25 Shift Position 16 Noise Control Module 5 Indicator 7 Module Auxiliary 26 Spare 17 Body Control Power Rear 8 27 Spare Module 4 Instrument Panel 18 28 Spare 9 Radio Cluster Ignition Body Control Special Equipment Personal Device 30 10 19 Module 3 Order Battery Interface Module 31 Amplifier Ultrasonic Rear Body Control 20 11 Parking Assist Module 6 Module

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage J‐Case Usage Wheels and Tires Fuses Discrete Logic 32 Ignition Switch 29 Front Blower Motor Tires Communications Body Control Every new GM vehicle has 33 40 Integration Module Module 8 high-quality tires made by a Body Control leading tire manufacturer. See 34 Module 2 Relays Usage the warranty manual for information regarding the tire Logistic Relay Sensing and 41 warranty and where to get (If Equipped) 35 Diagnostic Module service. For additional Battery Retained Accessory 42 information refer to the tire Data Link Power Relay 36 manufacturer. Connection Instrument Panel { WARNING 37 Cluster Battery . Poorly maintained and Passenger Sensing 38 improperly used tires are System Module dangerous. 39 Spare . Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Tire Sidewall Labeling WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Useful information about a tire is . Underinflated tires pose the . Replace any tires that have molded into its sidewall. The same danger as overloaded been damaged by impacts examples show a typical tires. The resulting crash with potholes, curbs, etc. could cause serious injury. passenger vehicle tire and a . Check all tires frequently to Improperly repaired tires can compact spare tire sidewall. maintain the recommended cause a crash. Only the pressure. Tire pressure dealer or an authorized tire should be checked when the service center should repair, tires are cold. replace, dismount, and mount the tires. . Overinflated tires are more . likely to be cut, punctured, Do not spin the tires in or broken by a sudden excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at snow, mud, ice, etc. the recommended pressure. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode. . Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly Passenger (P Metric) Tire Example worn, replace them. ‐ (Continued) (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type,

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

and service description. See the (D) Tire Identification Number (G) Maximum Cold Inflation “Tire Size” illustration later in this (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load that section for more detail. following the DOT (Department can be carried and the (B) TPC Spec (Tire of Transportation) code are maximum pressure needed to Performance Criteria the Tire Identification Number support that load. Specification): Original (TIN). The TIN shows the equipment tires designed to manufacturer and plant code, GM's specific tire performance tire size, and date the tire was criteria have a TPC specification manufactured. The TIN is code molded onto the sidewall. molded onto both sides of the GM's TPC specifications meet or tire, although only one side may exceed all federal safety have the date of manufacture. guidelines. (E) Tire Ply Material: The type (C) DOT (Department of of cord and number of plies in Transportation): The the sidewall and under the tread. Department of Transportation (F) Uniform Tire Quality (DOT) code indicates that the Grading (UTQG): Tire Compact Spare Tire Example tire is in compliance with manufacturers are required to (A) Tire Ply Material: The type the U.S. Department of grade tires based on three of cord and number of plies in Transportation Motor Vehicle performance factors: treadwear, the sidewall and under the tread. Safety Standards. traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 10‑60.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

(B) Temporary Use Only: The tire size, and date the tire was (F) Tire Size: A combination of compact spare tire or temporary manufactured. The TIN is letters and numbers define a use tire has a tread life of molded onto both sides of the tire's width, height, aspect ratio, approximately 5 000 km tire, although only one side may construction type, and service (3,000 mi) and should not be have the date of manufacture. description. The letter T as the driven at speeds over 105 km/h (D) Maximum Cold Inflation first character in the tire size (65 mph). The compact spare Load Limit: Maximum load means the tire is for temporary tire is for emergency use when a that can be carried and the use only. regular road tire has lost air and maximum pressure needed to (G) TPC Spec (Tire gone flat. If the vehicle has a support that load. Performance Criteria compact spare tire, see Specification): Original Compact Spare Tire on (E) Tire Inflation: The temporary use tire or compact equipment tires designed to page 10‑73 and If a Tire Goes GM's specific tire performance Flat on page 10‑64. spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more criteria have a TPC specification (C) Tire Identification Number information on tire pressure and code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers inflation see Tire Pressure on GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT (Department exceed all federal safety page 10‑50. of Transportation) code are guidelines. the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code,

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. Tire Size width in millimeters from (F) Service Description: These The following is an example of a sidewall to sidewall. characters represent the load typical passenger vehicle (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit index and speed rating of the tire size. number that indicates the tire tire. The load index represents height‐to‐width measurements. the load carrying capacity a tire For example, if the tire size is certified to carry. The speed aspect ratio is 60, as shown in rating is the maximum speed a item C of the illustration, it would tire is certified to carry a load. mean that the tire's sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide. Tire Terminology and (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: (D) Construction Code: A Definitions The United States version of a letter code is used to indicate Air Pressure: The amount of metric tire sizing system. The the type of ply construction in air inside the tire pressing letter P as the first character in the tire. The letter R means outward on each square inch of the tire size means a passenger radial ply construction; the the tire. Air pressure is vehicle tire engineered to letter D means diagonal or bias expressed in kPa (kilopascal) standards set by the U.S. Tire ply construction; and the letter B or psi (pounds per square inch). and Rim Association. means belted‐bias ply construction.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Accessory Weight: The Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire DOT Markings: A code molded combined weight of optional in which the plies are laid at into the sidewall of a tire accessories. Some examples of alternate angles less than signifying that the tire is in optional accessories are 90 degrees to the centerline of compliance with the U.S. automatic transmission, power the tread. Department of Transportation steering, power brakes, power Cold Tire Pressure: The (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety windows, power seats, and air amount of air pressure in a tire, Standards. The DOT code conditioning. measured in kPa (kilopascal) includes the Tire Identification Aspect Ratio: The relationship or psi (pounds per square inch) Number (TIN), an alphanumeric of a tire's height to its width. before a tire has built up heat designator which can also from driving. See Tire Pressure identify the tire manufacturer, Belt: A rubber coated layer of production plant, brand, and on page 10‑50. cords that is located between date of production. the plies and the tread. Cords Curb Weight: The weight of a may be made from steel or other motor vehicle with standard and GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight reinforcing materials. optional equipment including the Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16. Bead: The tire bead contains maximum capacity of fuel, oil, steel wires wrapped by steel and coolant, but without GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight cords that hold the tire onto passengers and cargo. Rating for the front axle. See the rim. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: Occupant Distribution: Rating for the rear axle. See The maximum air pressure to Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. Outward Facing Sidewall: The page 9‑16. The maximum air pressure is side of an asymmetrical tire that Intended Outboard Sidewall: molded onto the sidewall. has a particular side that faces The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Load Rating: The outward when mounted on a that must always face outward load rating for a tire at the vehicle. The side of the tire that when mounted on a vehicle. maximum permissible inflation contains a whitewall, bears Kilopascal (kPa): The metric pressure for that tire. white lettering, or bears unit for air pressure. Maximum Loaded Vehicle manufacturer, brand, and/or Weight: The sum of curb model name molding that is Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A higher or deeper than the same tire used on light duty trucks and weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and moldings on the other sidewall some multipurpose passenger of the tire. vehicles. production options weight. Normal Occupant Weight: The Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Load Index: An assigned tire used on passenger cars and number ranging from 1 to 279 number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by some light duty trucks and that corresponds to the load multipurpose vehicles. carrying capacity of a tire. 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Recommended Inflation Speed Rating: An UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Pressure: Vehicle alphanumeric code assigned to Grading Standards): A tire manufacturer's recommended a tire indicating the maximum information system that provides tire inflation pressure as shown speed at which a tire can consumers with ratings for a on the tire placard. See Tire operate. tire's traction, temperature, Pressure on page 10‑50 Traction: The friction between and treadwear. Ratings are andVehicle Load Limits on the tire and the road surface. determined by tire page 9‑16. The amount of grip provided. manufacturers using government testing procedures. Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Tread: The portion of a tire that tire in which the ply cords that The ratings are molded into the comes into contact with sidewall of the tire. See Uniform extend to the beads are laid at the road. 90 degrees to the centerline of Tire Quality Grading on the tread. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow page 10‑60. bands, sometimes called wear Rim: A metal support for a tire Vehicle Capacity Weight: The bars, that show across the tread number of designated seating and upon which the tire beads of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ are seated. positions multiplied by 16 in) of tread remains. See 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated Sidewall: The portion of a tire When It Is Time for New Tires cargo load. See Vehicle Load between the tread and the bead. on page 10‑57. Limits on page 9‑16.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that Tire: Load on an individual tire have too much air, can due to curb weight, accessory Tires need the correct amount of result in: weight, occupant weight, and air pressure to operate . Unusual wear. cargo weight. effectively. Notice: Neither tire . Poor handling. Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a underinflation nor . Rough ride. overinflation is good. vehicle showing the vehicle . Underinflated tires, or tires Needless damage from capacity weight and the original road hazards. equipment tire size and that do not have enough air, recommended inflation pressure. can result in: The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle See “Tire and Loading . Tire overloading and indicates the original equipment Information Label” under Vehicle overheating which could tires and the correct cold tire Load Limits on page 9‑16. lead to a blowout. inflation pressures. The . Premature or recommended pressure is the irregular wear. minimum air pressure needed to . Poor handling. support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. . Reduced fuel economy.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

For additional information How to Check Re‐check the tire pressure with regarding how much weight the Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. vehicle can carry, and an gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the example of the Tire and Loading Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks Information label, see Vehicle determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. Load Limits on page 9‑16. How Check the tire inflation pressure the vehicle is loaded affects when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure Monitor vehicle handling and ride the vehicle has not been driven System comfort. Never load the vehicle for at least three hours or no with more weight than it was more than 1.6 km (1 mi). The Tire Pressure Monitor System designed to carry. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Remove the valve cap from the technology to check tire pressure When to Check tire valve stem. Press the tire levels. The TPMS sensors monitor Check the tires once a month or gauge firmly onto the valve to the air pressure in your tires and more. Do not forget the compact get a pressure measurement. transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. spare tire, if the vehicle has one. If the cold tire inflation pressure The cold compact spare should matches the recommended Each tire, including the spare be at 420 kPa (60 psi). For pressure on the Tire and (if provided), should be checked additional information regarding Loading Information label, no monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended the compact spare tire, see further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, by the vehicle manufacturer on the Compact Spare Tire on vehicle placard or tire inflation page 10‑73. add air until the recommended pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure is reached. If the tires of a different size than the size inflation pressure is high, press indicated on the vehicle placard or on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

tire inflation pressure label, you Please note that the TPMS is wheels on the vehicle that prevent should determine the proper tire not a substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly. inflation pressure for those tires.) maintenance, and it is the driver's Always check the TPMS malfunction As an added safety feature, your responsibility to maintain correct tire telltale after replacing one or more vehicle has been equipped with a pressure, even if under‐inflation has tires or wheels on your vehicle to tire pressure monitoring system not reached the level to trigger ensure that the replacement or (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire illumination of the TPMS low tire alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure telltale when one or more pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function of your tires is significantly Your vehicle has also been properly. under‐inflated. equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire indicator to indicate when the Operation on page 10‑53 for pressure telltale illuminates, you system is not operating properly. additional information. should stop and check your tires as The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure Federal Communications soon as possible, and inflate them Commission (FCC) Rules and to the proper pressure. Driving on a telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for with Industry Canada significantly under‐inflated tire Standards causes the tire to overheat and can approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation See Radio Frequency Statement on This sequence will continue upon also reduces fuel efficiency and tire page 13‑17 for information tread life, and may affect the subsequent vehicle start‐ups as regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle's handling and stopping long as the malfunction exists. Communications Commission (FCC) ability. When the malfunction indicator is Rules and with Industry Canada illuminated, the system may not be Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation

of replacementby:Provided Information or alternate tires or Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shown on the tire loading shows the size of the original Operation information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9‑16. inflation pressure for the tires when Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑16, for an example driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10‑50. assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation low tire pressure condition but it sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire does not replace normal tire the tires and transmits the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For maintenance. See Tire Inspection pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details on page 10‑56, Tire Rotation on located in the vehicle. about the DIC operation and page 10‑56 and Tires on displays see Driver Information page 10‑42. Center (DIC) on page 5‑24. Notice: Tire sealant materials are The low tire pressure warning light not all the same. A non-approved may come on in cool weather when tire sealant could damage the the vehicle is first started, and then TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor turn off as the vehicle is driven. This damage caused by using an could be an early indicator that the incorrect tire sealant is not When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and covered by the vehicle warranty. is detected, the TPMS illuminates needs to be inflated to the proper Always use only the the low tire pressure warning light pressure. GM-approved tire sealant located on the instrument cluster. available through your dealer or If the warning light comes on, stop included in the vehicle. as soon as possible and inflate the Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message comes on . message also displays. The low tire One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on. pressure warning light and DIC missing or damaged. The DIC message and the TPMS TPMS Sensor Matching warning message come on at each Process ignition cycle until the problem is malfunction light should go off corrected. Some of the conditions when the TPMS sensors are Each TPMS sensor has a unique that can cause these to come installed and the sensor identification code. The identification on are: matching process is performed code needs to be matched to a new successfully. See your dealer for tire/wheel position after rotating the . One of the road tires has been service. tires or replacing one or more of the replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor spare tire does not have a matching process should also be TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels performed after replacing a spare light and DIC message should tire with a road tire containing the go off after the road tire is other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from TPMS sensor. The malfunction light replaced and the sensor and the DIC message should go off matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10‑58. at the next ignition cycle. The successfully. See "TPMS Sensor sensors are matched to the tire/ Matching Process" later in this wheel positions, using a TPMS section. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

relearn tool, in the following order: 4. Press the SET/CLR button to 8. Proceed to the passenger side driver side front tire, passenger side begin the sensor matching front tire, and repeat the front tire, passenger side rear tire, process. procedure in Step 7. and driver side rear. See your A message requesting 9. Proceed to the passenger side dealer for service or to purchase a acceptance of the process rear tire, and repeat the relearn tool. should display. procedure in Step 7. There are two minutes to match the 5. Press the SET/CLR button again 10. Proceed to the driver side rear first tire/wheel position, and to confirm the selection. tire, and repeat the procedure five minutes overall to match all four in Step 7. The horn sounds two tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode times to indicate the sensor longer, the matching process stops identification code has been and must be restarted. and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on matched to the driver side rear The TPMS sensor matching the DIC screen. tire, and the TPMS sensor process is: matching process is no longer 6. Start with the driver side 1. Set the parking brake. active. The TIRE LEARNING front tire. ACTIVE message on the DIC 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with 7. Place the relearn tool against display screen goes off. the engine off. the tire sidewall, near the valve 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 3. Use the MENU button to select stem. Then press the button to the Vehicle Information Menu in activate the TPMS sensor. 12. Set all four tires to the the Driver Information Center A horn chirp confirms that the recommended air pressure (DIC). Use the arrow keys to sensor identification code has level as indicated on the Tire scroll to the Tire Pressure been matched to this tire and and Loading Information label. screen. wheel position.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tire Inspection . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the vehicle has one, be inspected damage. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. Tire Rotation Replace the tire if: Tires should be rotated every . The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See more places around the tire Maintenance Schedule on can be seen. page 11‑3. . There is cord or fabric Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. rubber. first rotation is the most Do not include the compact important. . The tread or sidewall is spare tire in the tire rotation. cracked, cut, or snagged Any time unusual wear is deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon fabric. as possible and check the wheel alignment. Also check for . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. See or split. When It Is Time for New Tires on page 10‑57 and Wheel Replacement on page 10‑62.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

Adjust the front and rear tires to When It Is Time for New { WARNING the recommended inflation Tires pressure on the Tire and Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Loading Information label after Factors such as maintenance, parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, the tires have been rotated. See make wheel nuts become loose Tire Pressure on page 10 50 vehicle loading, and road conditions ‑ after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. and Vehicle Load Limits on off and cause an accident. When page 9‑16. changing a wheel, remove any Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor rust or dirt from places where the System. See Tire Pressure wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Monitor Operation on an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use page 10 53. ‑ a scraper or wire brush later to Check that all wheel nuts are remove all rust or dirt. properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities Lightly coat the center of the and Specifications on wheel hub with wheel bearing page 12‑2. grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Do not get Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56 and Tire Rotation on page 10‑56 for more information. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire This also applies for the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring if the vehicle has one, even if it is may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec never used. Multiple conditions driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires or sidewall near the tire size. If the conditions, and inflation pressure raise the vehicle to reduce the maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. tires have an all‐season tread takes place. Tires will typically need design, the TPC Spec number to be replaced due to wear before Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud they may need to be replaced and snow. See Tire Sidewall due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10‑43 for manufacturer for more information specific tires for the vehicle. The additional information. on when tires should be replaced. original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing all Vehicle Storage Motors Tire Performance Criteria the tires at the same time. Tires age when stored normally Specification (TPC Spec) Uniform tread depth on all tires mounted on a parked vehicle. Park system rating. When will help to maintain the a vehicle that will be stored for at replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle. least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM strongly recommends Braking and handling area away from direct sunlight to buying tires with the same TPC performance may be adversely slow aging. This area should be free Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not of grease, gasoline, or other replaced at the same time. See substances that can deteriorate GM's exclusive TPC Spec Tire Inspection on page 10‑56 rubber. system considers over a dozen and Tire Rotation on page 10‑56 critical specifications that impact for information on proper tire the overall performance of the rotation. vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Vehicles that have a tire { WARNING { WARNING pressure monitoring system Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks Spec rated tires are installed. could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. See Tire Pressure Monitor Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail System on page 10‑51. tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits { WARNING If the vehicle tires must be on page 9‑16 for the label replaced with a tire that does not location and more information Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make about the Tire and Loading brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size, Information label. loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the vehicle damage. Use the original tires. correct size, brand, and type of tires on all wheels.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING Wheels Grading If wheels or tires are installed that If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable are a different size than the original where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety if equipment wheels and tires, vehicle sidewall between tread shoulder performance, including its braking, tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For ride and handling characteristics, example: stability, and resistance to rollover increases the chance of a crash may be affected. If the vehicle has and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA electronic systems such as antilock specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A brakes, rollover airbags, traction developed for the vehicle, and control, and electronic stability have them properly installed by a The following information relates control, the performance of these GM certified technician. to the system developed by the systems can also be affected. United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on (NHTSA), which grades tires by page 10‑58 and Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for treadwear, traction, and additional information. temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver, or temporary Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

use spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include or to some limited-production government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature – A, B, C and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

A represent higher levels of road, the tires and wheels might performance on the laboratory need to be rebalanced. See your { WARNING dealer for proper diagnosis. test wheel than the minimum Using the wrong replacement required by law. Warning: The Wheel Replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel temperature grade for this tire is nuts can be dangerous. It could established for a tire that is Replace any wheel that is bent, affect the braking and handling of properly inflated and not cracked, or badly rusted or the vehicle. Tires can lose air, overloaded. Excessive speed, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming and cause loss of control, causing underinflation, or excessive loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and a crash. Always use the correct loading, either separately or in wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it. nuts for replacement. Some aluminum wheels can be buildup and possible tire failure. repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Notice: The wrong wheel can Wheel Alignment and Tire also cause problems with bearing Balance Your dealer will know the kind of life, brake cooling, speedometer wheel that is needed. or odometer calibration, The tires and wheels were aligned Each new wheel should have the headlamp aim, bumper height, and balanced at the factory to same load-carrying capacity, vehicle ground clearance, and tire provide the longest tire life and best diameter, width, offset, and be or tire chain clearance to the overall performance. Adjustments to mounted the same way as the one it body and chassis. wheel alignment and tire balancing replaces. will not be necessary on a regular See If a Tire Goes Flat on basis. However, check the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel page 10‑64 for more information. alignment if there is unusual tire nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor wear or if the vehicle is pulling to System (TPMS) sensors with new one side or the other. If the vehicle GM original equipment parts. vibrates when driving on a smooth Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING { WARNING A Type S low-profile cable can be used only if the cable Replacing a wheel with a used Do not use tire chains. There is manufacturer recommends it for one is dangerous. How it has not enough clearance. Tire chains use on the vehicle, the tire size been used or how far it has been used on a vehicle without the combination, and road conditions. driven may be unknown. It could proper amount of clearance can Follow the manufacturer's fail suddenly and cause a crash. cause damage to the brakes, instructions. To help avoid When replacing wheels, use a suspension or other vehicle parts. damage to the vehicle, drive new GM original equipment The area damaged by the tire slowly, readjust or remove the wheel. chains could cause you to lose cable if it is contacting the vehicle control of the vehicle and you or and do not spin the vehicle's tires. others may be injured in a crash. Install the cables on the front tires (Continued) only. Cables should not be installed on the spare tire or on the optional 19-inch tire.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING It is unusual for a tire to blow out may require the same correction as while driving, especially if the tires used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting are maintained properly. If air goes accelerator pedal and steer to under it to do maintenance or out of a tire, it is much more likely to straighten the vehicle. It may be repairs is dangerous without the leak out slowly. But if there ever is a very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and blowout, here are a few tips about to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with what to expect and what to do: if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for If a front tire fails, the flat tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for creates a drag that pulls the vehicle { WARNING anything else, you or others could toward that side. Take your foot off be badly injured or killed if the the accelerator pedal and grip the Driving on a flat tire will cause vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack steering wheel firmly. Steer to permanent damage to the tire. is provided with the vehicle, only maintain lane position, and then Re-inflating a tire after it has use it for changing a flat tire. gently brake to a stop, well off the been driven on while severely road, if possible. underinflated or flat may cause a If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire blowout and a serious crash. and wheel damage by driving slowly Never attempt to re-inflate a tire to a level place, well off the road, that has been driven on while if possible. Turn on the hazard severely underinflated or flat. warning flashers. See Hazard Have your dealer or an authorized Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), Tire Changing { WARNING use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and Changing a tire can be the wheel blocks (A). Tools dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall To access the spare tire and tools: causing injury or death. Find a 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate level place to change the tire. To (Manual) on page 2‑9 or Liftgate help prevent the vehicle from (Power) on page 2‑10. moving: 2. Lift the load floor up. 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in A. Wheel Block 1 (First) or R (Reverse). B. Flat Tire 3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle The following information explains is raised. how to repair or change a tire. 4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Coin/Pierce Jack with One-Piece Hex-Head Jack with Three-Piece 4. Turn the retainer nut Wrench Wrench counterclockwise and remove A. Extension A. Wheel Wrench the spare tire. B. Wheel Wrench B. Jack 5. Place the spare tire next to the tire being changed. C. Jack 3. If you have a coin/pierce jack and one-piece wrench, remove the extension (A), wheel wrench (B) and jack (C). If you have a hex-head jack and three-piece wrench, remove the wheel wrench (A) and jack (B). Place the tools next to the tire being changed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64 for more information. 2. For vehicles with a wheel cover or center cap, pull the cover or center cap away from the wheel to remove it. Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or 3. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack lift head at the replaced. counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the flat tire. the wheel nuts, but do not The location is indicated by a remove them yet. mark on the bottom edge of the Notice: Make sure that the jack front and rear door plastic lift head is in the correct position molding. The jack must not be or you may damage your vehicle. used in any other position. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

5. Place the jack notch under the If you have a hex-head jack, frame rail seam. { WARNING attach the jack lift-assist tool by placing the hex of the jack Lifting a vehicle and getting under { WARNING lift-assist tool over the hex head it to do maintenance or repairs is of the jack. Getting under a vehicle when it is dangerous without the jacked up is dangerous. If the appropriate safety equipment and vehicle slips off the jack, you training. If a jack is provided with could be badly injured or killed. the vehicle, it is designed only for Never get under a vehicle when it changing a flat tire. If it is used for is supported only by a jack. anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only { WARNING use it for changing a flat tire. Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can 6. Place the jack under the vehicle. damage the vehicle and even 7. If you have a coin/pierce jack, Hex Head Jack and Wrench make the vehicle fall. To help attach the jack handle extension avoid personal injury and vehicle to the jack by sliding the hook damage, be sure to fit the jack lift through the end of the jack and head into the proper location insert the other end of the jack before raising the vehicle. handle into the wrench.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use Coin/Pierce Jack and Wrench 9. Remove all of the wheel nuts. a scraper or wire brush later to 8. Raise the vehicle by turning the 10. Remove the flat tire. remove all rust or dirt. jack handle clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the road tire to clear the ground.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never use oil or grease on bolts Wheel nuts that are improperly or or nuts because the nuts might incorrectly tightened can cause come loose. The vehicle's wheel the wheels to become loose or could fall off, causing a crash. come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench 13. Reinstall the wheel nuts. to the proper torque specification Tighten each nut by hand until after replacing. Follow the torque the wheel is held against specification supplied by the the hub. aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel 11. Remove any rust or dirt from 14. Lower the vehicle by turning nuts. See Capacities and the wheel bolts, mounting the jack handle Specifications on page 12 2 for surfaces, and spare wheel. counterclockwise. ‑ original equipment wheel nut 12. Place the compact spare tire torque specifications. on the wheel-mounting surface. Notice: Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut torque specification. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

When reinstalling the wheel cover or To store the flat tire: center cap on the full-size tire, tighten all five plastic caps hand snug with the aid of the wheel wrench and tighten them with the wheel wrench an additional one‐ quarter of a turn. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged. 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Storing a Flat or Spare Tire a crisscross sequence, as shown. and Tools 1. Remove the cable package. The cable is stored in a plastic bag 16. Lower the jack all the way and { WARNING remove the jack from under the under the compact spare tire. vehicle. Storing a jack, a tire, or other 2. Remove the small center cap by 17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly equipment in the passenger tapping the back of the cap with with the wheel wrench. compartment of the vehicle could the extension of the shaft, if the cause injury. In a sudden stop or vehicle has aluminum wheels. collision, loose equipment could 3. Put the flat tire in the rear strike someone. Store all these in storage area with the valve stem the proper place. pointing toward the rear of the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

A. Cable 5. Hook the cable onto the outside 8. Make sure the metal tube is B. Liftgate Hinges portion of the liftgate hinges (B). centered at the striker. Push the tube toward the front of the C. Center of the Wheel 6. Hook the other end of the cable onto the outside portion of the vehicle. D. Door Striker liftgate hinge on the other side of 9. Close the liftgate and make sure 4. Pull the cable (A) through the the vehicle. it is latched properly. door striker (D) then the center 7. Pull on the cable to make sure it The compact spare is for temporary of the wheel (C). is secure. use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

Compact Spare Tire Stop as soon as possible and check Do not use the compact spare on that the spare tire is correctly other vehicles. inflated after installing the spare on { WARNING Do not mix the compact spare tire or the vehicle. The compact spare is wheel with other wheels or tires. Driving with more than one designed to perform well at speeds They will not fit. Keep the spare tire up to 105 km/h (65 mph) for compact spare tire at a time could and its wheel together. distances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi), result in loss of braking and so a trip can be completed and the Notice: Tire chains will not fit the handling. This could lead to a full-size tire repaired or replaced compact spare. Using them can crash and you or others could be when possible. However, the damage the vehicle and can injured. Use only one compact compact spare tire will last longer damage the chains too. Do not spare tire at a time. and be in good shape if it is use tire chains on the compact replaced as soon as possible. spare. If this vehicle has a compact spare Notice: When the compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when the is installed, do not take the vehicle was new; however, it can vehicle through an automatic car lose air after a time. Check the wash with guide rails. The inflation pressure regularly. It should compact spare can get caught on be 420 kPa (60 psi). the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting Be sure to use the following steps to { WARNING do it safely. Ignoring these steps For more information about the could result in costly damage to the vehicle battery, see Battery on Using an open flame near a vehicle that would not be covered page 10‑26. battery can cause battery gas to by the warranty. explode. People have been hurt Jump starting can be used on doing this, and some have been Trying to start the vehicle by vehicles with run‐down batteries by blinded. Use a flashlight if you pushing or pulling it will not work, using jumper cables and another need more light. and it could damage the vehicle. vehicle. Notice: If any accessories are left Be sure the battery has enough on or plugged in during the jump water. You do not need to add { WARNING starting procedure, they could be water to the battery installed in damaged. The repairs would not Batteries can hurt you. They can your new vehicle. But if a battery be covered by the vehicle be dangerous because: has filler caps, be sure the right warranty. Whenever possible, . They contain acid that can amount of fluid is there. If it is low, turn off or unplug all accessories burn you. add water to take care of that on either vehicle when jump first. If you do not, explosive gas starting the vehicle. . They contain gas that can could be present. explode or ignite. Battery fluid contains acid that . They contain enough can burn you. Do not get it on electricity to burn you. you. If you accidentally get it in If you do not follow these steps your eyes or on your skin, flush exactly, some or all of these the place with water and get things can hurt you. medical help immediately.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

Notice: If the jumper cables are 2. The vehicles should be close connected or removed in the enough for the jumper cables to wrong order, electrical shorting reach, but the vehicles should may occur and damage the not be touching. Touching could vehicle. The repairs would not be cause grounding and possible covered by the vehicle warranty. electrical system damage. Always connect and remove the Put both vehicles in P (Park) jumper cables in the correct and set the parking brake firmly. order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or 3. Unplug accessories plugged into other metal. the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet. Turn off 1. The vehicle used to jump start the radio and all lamps that are must have 12-volt battery with a not needed. Turn off the ignition { WARNING negative ground. on both vehicles. Notice: Only use a vehicle that 4. Locate the positive (+) and An electric fan can start up even has a 12-volt system with a negative (−) terminals on both when the engine is not running negative ground for jump vehicles. Some vehicles have and can injure you. Keep hands, starting. If the other vehicle does remote jump starting terminals. clothing and tools away from any not have a 12-volt system with a underhood electric fan. negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. 5. The remote positive (+) terminal (A) is located on the underhood fuse block, on the driver side. Lift the red cap to uncover the terminal.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

The remote negative (−) 9. Connect the black negative (−) 12. Press the unlock symbol on the terminal (B) is a stud behind the cable to the negative (−) terminal remote keyless entry metal tab stamped with GND (−) of the good battery. Use a transmitter to disarm the near the driver side strut tower. remote negative (−) terminal if security system, if equipped. 6. The jumper cables should be in the vehicle has one. 13. Try to start the vehicle that had good working condition with no Do not let the other end touch the dead battery. If it will not loose or missing insulation. The anything until the next step. The start after a few tries, it needs vehicles could be damaged if other end of the negative (−) service. they are not. cable does not go to the dead Notice: If the jumper cables are 7. Connect the red positive (+) battery. It goes to a heavy, connected or removed in the cable to the positive (+) terminal unpainted metal engine part or wrong order, electrical shorting on the vehicle with the dead to a remote negative (−) terminal may occur and damage the battery. Use a remote on the vehicle with the dead vehicle. The repairs would not be positive (+) terminal if the vehicle battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. has one. 10. Connect the other end of the Always connect and remove the 8. Do not let the other end touch negative (−) cable away from jumper cables in the correct metal. Connect it to the the dead battery, but not near order, making sure that the positive (+) terminal of the good engine parts that move. cables do not touch each other or battery. Use a remote 11. Start the vehicle with the good other metal. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle battery and run the engine. has one.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing from both vehicles, 1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the vehicle that had the dead Notice: To avoid damage, the battery. disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the 2. Disconnect the black ground. Care must be taken with negative (−) cable from the vehicles that have low ground vehicle with the good battery. clearance and/or special 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) equipment. Always flatbed on a cable from the vehicle with the car carrier. Jumper Cable Removal good battery. Consult your dealer or a A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) professional towing service if the Part or Remote Negative (−) cable from the other vehicle. disabled vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Assistance Program Terminal 5. Return the underhood fuse block on page 13‑6. B. Good Battery or Remote cover to its original position, Positive (+) and Remote if applicable. To tow the vehicle behind another Negative (−) Terminals vehicle for recreational purposes, such as behind a motor home, see C. Dead Battery or Remote “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this Positive (+) Terminal section.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment going to be used? See your Towing dealer or trailering professional Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations. vehicle – such as behind a motor . Is the vehicle ready to be home. The two most common types towed? Just as preparing the of recreational vehicle towing are vehicle for a long trip, make sure known as dinghy towing and dolly the vehicle is prepared to be towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed. vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the Dinghy Towing vehicle with two wheels on the Front-wheel‐drive and To tow the vehicle from the front ground and two wheels up on a all-wheel-drive vehicles may be with all four wheels on the ground: device known as a dolly. dinghy towed from the front. These 1. Position the vehicle that will be Here are some important things to vehicles can also be towed by towed and secure it to the consider before recreational vehicle placing them on a platform trailer towing vehicle. towing: with all four wheels off of the ground. For other towing options, 2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. . What is the towing capacity of see “Dolly Towing” following in this the towing vehicle? Be sure to section. 3. Shift the transmission to read the tow vehicle N (Neutral). For vehicles being dinghy towed, manufacturer's 4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ recommendations. the vehicle should be run at the beginning of each day and at each ACCESSORY. . What is the distance that will be RV fuel stop for about five minutes. 5. Turn all accessories off. travelled? Some vehicles have This will ensure proper lubrication of restrictions on how far and how transmission components. long they can tow. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

6. To prevent the battery from Once the destination has been Notice: Do not tow a vehicle with draining while the vehicle is reached: the front drive wheels on the being towed, remove fuse 32, 1. Set the parking brake. ground if one of the front tires is the Discrete Logic Ignition a compact spare tire. Towing with Switch fuse, from the instrument 2. Shift the transmission to two different tire sizes on the panel fuse block and store it in a P (Park). front of the vehicle can cause safe location. See Instrument 3. Turn the ignition key to severe damage to the Panel Fuse Block on LOCK/OFF. transmission. page 10‑40. 4. Install fuse 32, the Discrete Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive Notice: If the vehicle is towed Logic Ignition Switch fuse. See Vehicles) without performing each of the Instrument Panel Fuse Block on All-wheel‐drive vehicles should not steps listed under “Dinghy page 10‑40. Towing,” the automatic be towed with two wheels on the transmission could be damaged. 5. Start the engine and let it idle for ground. To properly tow these Be sure to follow all steps of the more than three minutes before vehicles, they should be placed on dinghy towing procedure prior to driving the vehicle. a platform trailer with all four wheels and after towing the vehicle. Notice: Too much or too off of the ground or dinghy towed from the front. Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is little fluid can damage the exceeded while towing the transmission. Be sure that the vehicle, it could be damaged. transmission fluid is at the proper Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) level before towing with all four while towing the vehicle. wheels on the ground.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's (Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles) instructions for preparing the vehicle and dolly for towing. 6. Release the parking brake. Towing the Vehicle From the Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have To tow the vehicle from the front the vehicle towed from the rear. with the rear wheels on the ground, do the following: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Appearance Care Notice: Avoid using high damage the vehicle's finish if they pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. Exterior Care vehicle. Use of power washers If necessary, use non-abrasive Washing the Vehicle exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) cleaners that are marked safe for can result in damage or removal painted surfaces to remove foreign To preserve the vehicle's finish, of paint and decals. matter. wash it often and out of direct sunlight. Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove Notice: Do not use petroleum cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See based, acidic, or abrasive are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning cleaning agents as they can they could stain. products. damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage Dry the finish with a soft, clean Notice: Machine compounding or occurs, it would not be covered chamois or an all-cotton towel to aggressive polishing on a by the vehicle's warranty. avoid surface scratches and water basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Approved cleaning products can spotting. may damage it. Use only non-abrasive waxes and polishes be obtained from your dealer. Finish Care Follow all manufacturer that are made for a basecoat/ directions regarding correct Application of aftermarket clearcoat clearcoat paint finish on the product usage, necessary safety sealant/wax materials is not vehicle. precautions, and appropriate recommended. If painted surfaces To keep the paint finish looking new, disposal of any vehicle care are damaged, see your dealer to keep the vehicle garaged or product. have the damage assessed and covered whenever possible. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from

industrialby:Provided chimneys, Information etc., can Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Windshield and Wiper Blades Tires Parts Clean the outside of the windshield Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Regularly clean bright metal parts with glass cleaner. clean the tires. with water or chrome polish on Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Notice: Using petroleum-based chrome or stainless steel trim, cloth or paper towel soaked with tire dressing products on the if necessary. windshield washer fluid or a mild vehicle may damage the paint For aluminum, never use auto or detergent. Wash the windshield finish and/or tires. When applying chrome polish, steam, or caustic thoroughly when cleaning the a tire dressing, always wipe off soap to clean. A coating of wax, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and any overspray from all painted rubbed to a high polish, is a buildup of vehicle wash/wax surfaces on the vehicle. recommended for all bright metal treatments may cause wiper parts. streaking. Wheels and Trim — Aluminum or Chrome Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Replace the wiper blades if they are Lenses and Emblems worn or damaged. Damage can be Use a soft, clean cloth with mild caused by extreme dusty soap and water to clean the wheels. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, After rinsing thoroughly with clean soft cloth, and a car washing soap snow, and ice. water, dry with a soft, clean towel. to clean exterior lamps and lenses. A wax may then be applied. Follow instructions under "Washing Weatherstrips Keep the wheels clean using a soft, the Vehicle" later in this section. Apply silicone grease on clean cloth with mild soap and weatherstrips to make them last water. Rinse with clean water. After longer, seal better, and not stick or rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, squeak. See Recommended Fluids clean towel. A wax may then be and Lubricants on page 11‑12 applied.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Notice: Chrome wheels and other Steering, Suspension, and Underbody Maintenance chrome trim may be damaged if Chassis Components Use plain water to flush dirt and the vehicle is not washed after debris from the vehicle's underbody. driving on roads that have been Visually inspect front and rear Your dealer or an underbody car sprayed with magnesium, suspension and steering system for washing system can do this. If not calcium, or sodium chloride. damaged, loose, or missing parts or removed, rust and corrosion can These chlorides are used on signs of wear. Inspect power develop. roads for conditions such as ice steering lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, and dust. Always wash the Sheet Metal Damage chrome with soap and water after chafing, etc. Visually check constant exposure. velocity joints, rubber boots, and If the vehicle is damaged and axle seals for leaks. requires sheet metal repair or Notice: To avoid surface damage, replacement, make sure the body do not use strong soaps, Body Component Lubrication repair shop applies anti-corrosion chemicals, abrasive polishes, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, material to parts repaired or cleaners, brushes, or cleaners hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the replaced to restore corrosion that contain acid on aluminum or steel fuel door hinge unless the protection. chrome-plated wheels. Use only components are plastic. Applying approved cleaners. Also, never Original manufacturer replacement silicone grease on weatherstrips parts will provide the corrosion drive a vehicle with aluminum or with a clean cloth will make them chrome-plated wheels through an protection while maintaining the last longer, seal better, and not stick vehicle warranty. automatic car wash that uses or squeak. silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following Quickly repair minor chips and instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques: scratches with touch-up materials soap solution, immediately remove available from your dealer to avoid . Never use a razor or any other hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect corrosion. Larger areas of finish sharp object to remove a soil repellant from all interior surfaces or damage can be corrected in your from any interior surface. permanent damage may result. dealer's body and paint shop. . Never use a brush with stiff Your dealer may have products for bristles. Chemical Paint Spotting cleaning the interior. Use cleaners Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. To prevent pressure. discolorations, and small, irregular overspray, apply all cleaners directly . Do not use laundry detergents or dark spots etched into the paint to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners dishwashing soaps with surface. should be removed quickly. Never degreasers. For liquid cleaners, allow cleaners to remain on the use approximately 20 drops per Interior Care surface being cleaned for extended 3.78L (1 gal) of water. periods of time. A concentrated soap solution will To prevent dirt particle abrasions, Cleaners may contain solvents that leave a residue that creates regularly clean the vehicle's interior. streaks and attracts dirt. Do not Immediately remove any soils. Note can become concentrated in the interior. Before using cleaners, read use solutions that contain strong that newspapers or dark garments or caustic soap. that can transfer color to home and adhere to all safety instructions furnishings can also permanently on the label. While cleaning the transfer color to the vehicle's interior, maintain adequate interior. ventilation by opening the doors and windows.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

. Do not heavily saturate the Fabric/Carpet 3. Start on the outside edge of the upholstery when cleaning. soil and gently rub toward the Start by vacuuming the surface . center. Rotate the cleaning cloth Do not use solvents or cleaners using a soft brush attachment. If a to a clean area frequently to containing solvents. rotating brush attachment is being prevent forcing the soil in to the used during vacuuming, only use it Interior Glass fabric. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, To clean, use a terry cloth fabric gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the dampened with water. Wipe droplets as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no left behind with a clean dry cloth. following techniques: longer any color transfer from Commercial glass cleaners may be the soil to the cleaning cloth. used, if necessary, after cleaning . Gently blot liquids with a paper the interior glass with plain water. towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap Notice: To prevent scratching, solution followed only by club . For solid soils, remove as much never use abrasive cleaners on soda or plain water. automotive glass. Abrasive as possible prior to vacuuming. If the soil is not completely cleaners or aggressive cleaning To clean: may damage the rear window removed, it may be necessary to 1. Saturate a clean lint-free defogger. use a commercial upholstery colorfast cloth with water or club cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small soda. Microfiber cloth is hidden area for colorfastness before recommended to prevent lint using a commercial upholstery transfer to the fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring 2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet. not drip from the cleaning cloth.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Following the cleaning process, a Cleaners containing these Floor Mats paper towel can be used to blot solvents can permanently change excess moisture. the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim and are not { WARNING Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and recommended. Other Plastic Surfaces If a floor mat is the wrong size or Do not use cleaners that increase is not properly installed, it can Use a soft microfiber cloth gloss, especially on the instrument interfere with the pedals. dampened with water to remove panel. Reflected glare can decrease Interference with the pedals can dust and loose dirt. For a more visibility through the windshield cause unintended acceleration thorough cleaning, use a soft under certain conditions. and/or increased stopping microfiber cloth dampened with a distance which can cause a crash mild soap solution. Notice: Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to and injury. Make sure the floor Notice: Soaking or saturating plastics and painted surfaces. mat does not interfere with the leather, especially perforated If an air freshener comes in pedals. leather, as well as other interior contact with any plastic or surfaces, may cause permanent painted surface in the vehicle, damage. Wipe excess moisture blot immediately and clean with a from these surfaces after soft cloth dampened with a mild cleaning and allow them to dry soap solution. Damage caused by naturally. Never use heat, steam, air fresheners would not be spot lifters or spot removers. Do covered by the vehicle warranty. not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor proper floor mat usage. Floor Mat mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snap into . The original equipment floor mats were designed for your position. vehicle. If the floor mats need 3. Make sure the floor mat is replacing, it is recommended properly secured and verify that that GM certified floor mats be it does not interfere with the purchased. Non-GM floor mats pedals. may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. The driver side floor mat is held in place by two retainers. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock each retainer and . Use only a single floor mat on remove. the driver side. . Do not place one floor mat on top of another.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance Your vehicle is an important competitively priced maintenance investment. This section describes and repair services. With trained the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 11-1 protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 also help to maintain the value of blades. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Notice: Damage caused by Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have improper maintenance can lead to Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 costly repairs and may not be Your dealer has trained technicians covered by the vehicle warranty. Additional Maintenance who can perform required Maintenance intervals, checks, and Care maintenance using genuine inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and lubricants are important to and Care ...... 11-9 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for keep the vehicle in good working fast and accurate diagnostics. Many condition. Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and The Tire Rotation and Required Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online vehicle owner. It is recommended to Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service have your dealer perform these Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-14 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Maintenance Records keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 condition, improves fuel economy,

Information Provided by:Provided Information and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use The Additional Required vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Services ‐ Severe are for vehicles { WARNING There may need to be more that are: frequent checks and services. Performing maintenance work can . Mainly driven in hilly or be dangerous and can cause The Additional Required mountainous terrain. Services ‐ Normal are for serious injury. Perform vehicles that: . Frequently towing a trailer. maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, . . Used for high speed or Carry passengers and cargo and equipment are available. within recommended limits on competitive driving. If they are not, see your dealer to the Tire and Loading Information . Used for taxi, police, or delivery have a trained technician do the label. See Vehicle Load Limits service. work. See Doing Your Own on page 9‑16. Refer to the information in the Service Work on page 10‑4. . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Schedule Additional surfaces within legal driving Required Services ‐ Severe chart. limits. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ‐ Normal chart.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑56. Engine Oil on page 10‑10. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑10 and Engine page 10‑50. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Oil Life System on page 10‑12. . Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. . Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑23. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑23. page 10‑12. . Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, or contamination. See Exterior Care on page 10‑81. Replace worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10‑29.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Check tire inflation pressures. . Check restraint system . Check ignition transmission lock. See Tire Pressure on components. See Safety System See Ignition Transmission Lock page 10‑50. Check on page 3‑19. Check on page 10‑28. . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Visually inspect fuel system for . Check parking brake and Inspection on page 10‑56. damage or leaks. automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. page 10‑28. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on loose or damaged parts. . Check accelerator pedal for page 10‑14. . Lubricate body components. See damage, high effort, or binding. Exterior Care on page 10‑81. . Inspect brake system. Replace if needed. . Check starter switch. See Starter . Visually inspect steering, . Visually inspect gas strut for Switch Check on page 10‑27. suspension, and chassis signs of wear, cracks, or other components for damaged, loose, . Check automatic transmission damage. Check the hold open or missing parts or signs of shift lock control function. See ability of the strut. See your wear. See Exterior Care on Automatic Transmission Shift dealer if service is required. page 10‑81. Lock Control Function Check on . Inspect sunroof track and seal, page 10‑27. if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑21.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance b) Check all fuel and vapor lines e) Or every five years, whichever Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook‐up, comes first. See Cooling System on Services — Normal routing, and condition. Check that page 10‑15. a) Or every two years, whichever the purge valve, if the vehicle has f) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. More frequent one, works properly. Replace as comes first. Inspect for fraying, replacement may be needed if the needed. excessive cracking, or damage; vehicle is driven in areas with heavy c) Or every four years, whichever replace, if needed. traffic, areas with poor air quality, comes first. or areas with high dust levels. d) Do not directly power wash the Replacement may also be needed if transfer case output seals. High there is a reduction in air flow, pressure water can overcome the excessive window fogging, or odors. seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance d) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High Services — Severe pressure water can overcome the Services seals and contaminate the transfer a) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use case fluid. Contaminated fluid will comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis decrease the life of the transfer components every 5 000 km/ b) Check all fuel and vapor lines case and should be replaced. 3,000 mi. and hoses for proper hook‐up, e) Or every five years, whichever routing, and condition. Check that . Have underbody flushing service comes first. See Cooling System on the purge valve, if the vehicle has performed once a year. one, works properly. Replace as page 10‑15. needed. f) Or every 10 years, whichever c) Or every four years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, comes first. excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. It is recommended the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and that your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts services — their trained dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. corrosion‐free. technicians know your vehicle best. Fluids Your dealer can also perform a Belts thorough assessment with a Proper fluid levels and approved multi‐point inspection to recommend . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems when your vehicle may need squeak or show signs of and components. See attention. The following list is cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 for GM intended to explain the services and . Trained dealer technicians can ‑ conditions to look for that may inspect the belts and approved fluids. indicate services are required. recommend replacement when . Engine oil and windshield necessary. washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Hoses Shocks and Struts Tires Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining that there are no cracks or leaks. the tires can save money, fuel, and . Signs of wear may include With a multi‐point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ can reduce the risk of tire failure. dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer . Signs that the tires need to be advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven replaced include three or more Lamps tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the . As part of the multi‐point Properly working headlamps, rubber; cracks or cuts in the taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or important to see and be seen on split in the tire. the road. the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the right attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. tires. Your dealer can also to light, cracking, or damage. provide tire/wheel balancing The brake lamps need to be services to ensure smooth checked periodically to ensure vehicle operation at all speeds. that they light when braking. Your dealer sells and services . With a multi‐point inspection, name brand tires. your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Vehicle Care Windshield Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to available from your dealer. For clean and clear. provide a clear view. information on how to clean and . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, protect the vehicle’s interior and scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, exterior, see Interior Care on and worn or split rubber. page 10‑84 and Exterior Care on . Trained dealer technicians can page 10‑81. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and Wheel Alignment if needed. replace them when needed. Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 88862807). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. (V6 engines only) Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood and Door Hinges Canada 10953474). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 25899727 A3138C Engine Oil Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 3.0L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 20901295 CF177 Spark Plugs 2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41-108 3.0L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 20794123 — Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 20794124 — Rear – 32.5 cm (12.8 in) 25788783 —

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.4L L4 Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 10.2 L 10.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 2.4L L4 Engine 71.1 L 18.8 gal 3.0L V6 Engine 79.1 L 20.9 gal

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Drain and Refill) 2.4L L4 6–Speed Automatic* 8.5 L 9.0 qt 3.0L V6 6–Speed Automatic* 9.0 L 9.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑13 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.4L L4 K Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) 3.0L V6 5 Automatic 1.1 mm (0.043 in)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

3.0L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-14 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-14 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-15 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 13-15 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-6 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 13-16 Navigation System ...... 13-17 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-6 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Radio Frequency Appointments ...... 13-8 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-9 Statement ...... 13-17 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-13 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your

case will generallyby:Provided Information be heard within Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From Puerto Rico: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9992 (English) over courts in most jurisdictions 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Mexico, Central America, and Customer Assistance for General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries Text Telephone (TTY) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Users CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) To assist customers who are deaf, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, S. de hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. and who use Text Telephones www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 1-800-263-3777 (English) equipment available at its Customer 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Assistance Center. Any TTY user in 1-800-263-3830 (For Text the U.S. can communicate with Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0800 Chevrolet by dialing: Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in 1-800-268-6800 Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Overseas Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) access to: Chevrolet Merchandise www.chevyownercenter.com — . www.chevymall.com My Showroom: Find and save Information and services information on vehicles and customized for your specific Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area. pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do vehicle — all in one convenient . My Dealers: Save details such place. . FAQ as address and phone number . Digital owner manual, warranty . Contact Us for each of your preferred GM information, and more. dealers. My GM Canada www.gm.ca . Storage for online service and . My Driveway: Access quick links maintenance records. My GM Canada is a to parts and service estimates, password-protected section of check trade-in values, . Chevrolet dealer locator for www.gm.ca where you can save or schedule a service service nationwide. information on GM vehicles, get appointment by adding the . Exclusive privileges and offers. personalized offers, and use handy vehicles you own to your . Recall notices for your specific tools and forms with greater ease. driveway profile. vehicle. . My Preferences: Manage your . OnStar and GM Cardmember profile and use tools and forms Services Earnings summaries. with greater ease. To sign up, visit the My GM.ca section within www.gm.ca.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has Calling for Assistance a Mobility Program. Call When calling Roadside Assistance, Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for have the following information details. TTY users call ready: 1-800-263-3830. . Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance home telephone number. Program . Telephone number of your location. For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call . Location of the vehicle. This program is available to 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). . Model, year, color, and license reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, plate number of the vehicle. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. . Odometer reading, Vehicle required for the vehicle, such as Service is available 24 hours a day, Identification Number (VIN), and hand controls or a wheelchair/ 365 days a year. delivery date of the vehicle. scooter lift for the vehicle. . Description of the problem. For more information on the limited offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Coverage Services Provided . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: tire. The spare tire, if equipped, 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the must be in good condition and comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest properly inflated. It is the owner's In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. responsibility for the repair or vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock‐Out Service: Service to replacement of the tire if it is not person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are covered by the warranty. permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may . Battery Jump Start: Service to covered. be available if you have OnStar. jump start a dead battery. For security reasons, the driver Roadside Assistance is not a part of Services Not Included in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. Roadside Assistance Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow from a Public . Impound towing caused by make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the violation of any laws. the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for . Legal fines. any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Mounting, dismounting, Chevrolet and General Motors of was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given or changing of snow tires, Canada Limited reserve the right to chains, or other traction devices. limit services or payment to an when the vehicle is stuck in the owner or driver if they decide the sand, mud, or snow. . Towing or services for vehicles claims are made too often, or the driven on a non-public road or same type of claim is made many highway. times.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Services Specific to . Trip Interruption Benefits and Scheduling Service Canadian-Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over 250 kilometers from where your Appointments . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement trip was started to qualify. When the vehicle requires warranty is approximately $5 Canadian. General Motors of Canada service, contact your dealer and Diesel fuel delivery may be Limited requires request an appointment. By restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original scheduling a service appointment fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy of and advising the service consultant this service. the repair orders. Once of your transportation needs, your . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle authorization has been received, dealer can help minimize your registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor inconvenience. will help to make arrangements . Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled maps of North America are payment. into the service department provided when requested either immediately, keep driving it until it with the most direct route or the . Alternative Service: If can be scheduled for service, most scenic route. There is a assistance cannot be provided unless, of course, the problem is limit of six requests per year. right away, the Roadside safety related. If it is, please call Additional travel information is Assistance advisor may give your dealership, let them know this, also available. Allow three permission to get local and ask for instructions. weeks for delivery. emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, If your dealer requests you to bring after sending the original receipt the vehicle for service, you are to Roadside Assistance. urged to do so as early in the work Mechanical failures may be day as possible to allow for covered, however any cost for same-day repair. parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement Program Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, If the vehicle requires overnight To enhance your ownership if you are unable to wait, GM helps warranty repairs, and public experience, we and our participating to minimize inconvenience by transportation is used instead of dealers are proud to offer Courtesy providing several transportation your dealer's shuttle service, the Transportation, a customer support options. Depending on the expense must be supported by program for vehicles with the circumstances, your dealer can offer original receipts and can only be up Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty one of the following: to the maximum amount allowed by Coverage period in Canada), GM for shuttle service. In addition, extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service for U.S. customers, should you hybrid specific warranties in both ‐ Shuttle service is the preferred arrange transportation through a the U.S. and Canada. means of offering Courtesy friend or relative, limited Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide reimbursement for reasonable fuel options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your expenses may be available. Claim reducing inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption amounts should reflect actual costs warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for Courtesy Transportation is not a one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service information regarding the allowance part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance amounts for reimbursement of fuel Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of your dealer's area. or other transportation costs. entitled “Warranty and Owner Assistance Information” furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Collision Damage Repair Information Your dealer may arrange to provide If the vehicle is involved in a you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle collision and it is damaged, have the reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at damage repaired by a qualified that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your technician using the proper for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information equipment and quality replacement Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy parts. Poorly performed collision and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be repairs diminish the vehicle resale receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer value, and safety performance can and complete a rental agreement personnel. be compromised in subsequent and meet state/provincial, local, and collisions. rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the right to Requirements vary and may include unilaterally modify, change, Collision Parts minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to Genuine GM Collision parts are new insurance coverage, credit card, etc. parts made with the same materials You are responsible for fuel usage resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and and construction methods as the charges and may also be parts with which the vehicle was responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its sole discretion. originally built. Genuine GM fees, excessive mileage, or rental Collision parts are the best choice to usage beyond the completion of the ensure that the vehicle's designed repair. appearance, durability, and safety It may not be possible to provide a are preserved. The use of Genuine like vehicle as a courtesy rental. GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Recycled original equipment parts Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some may also be used for repair. These failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not parts are typically removed from covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. vehicles that were total losses in When purchasing insurance, we prior crashes. In most cases, the Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the parts being recycled are from GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM undamaged sections of the vehicle. choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. A recycled original equipment GM meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not part may be an acceptable choice to need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current maintain the vehicle's originally may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching designed appearance and safety with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. performance; however, the history of state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing these parts is not known. Such parts able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have are not covered by the GM New center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any technicians and comparable Genuine GM Original Equipment related failures are not covered by equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement Aftermarket collision parts are also parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of companies other than GM and may vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle Identification original GM parts. Remember, Number (VIN). recycled parts will not be covered by If there has been an injury, call . the GM vehicle warranty. emergency services for help. Do not Insurance company and policy leave the scene of a crash until all number. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, matters have been taken care of. . General description of the but you must live with the repair. Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle. Depending on your policy limits, puts you in danger, or you are your insurance company may Choose a reputable repair facility instructed to move it by a police initially value the repair using that uses quality replacement parts. officer. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with See “Collision Parts” earlier in this the repair professional, and insist on Give only the necessary information section. Genuine GM parts. Remember, to police and other parties involved If the airbag has inflated, see What if the vehicle is leased, you may be in the crash. Will You See after an Airbag obligated to have the vehicle For emergency towing see Inflates? on page 3‑26. repaired with Genuine GM parts, Roadside Assistance Program on even if your insurance coverage page 13‑6. Managing the Vehicle Damage does not pay the full cost. Repair Process Gather the following information: If another party's insurance In the event that the vehicle requires . company is paying for the repairs, Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends telephone number. you are not obligated to accept a that you take an active role in its repair valuation based on that . Driver license number. repair. If you have a pre-determined insurance company's collision policy repair facility of choice, take the . Owner name, address, and repair limits, as you have no telephone number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. contractual limits with that company. Specify to the facility that any In such cases, you can have control . Vehicle license plate number. required replacement collision parts of the repair and parts choices as . Vehicle make, model, and be original equipment parts, either long as the cost stays within model year. new Genuine GM parts or recycled reasonable limits.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Service Publications Owner Information Current and Past Models Ordering Information Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current Service Manuals to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. Service Manuals have the diagnosis information about the vehicle. The Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: and repair information on the 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday Maintenance Schedule for all engines, transmission, axle, 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time suspension, brakes, electrical, models. For Credit Card Orders Only steering, body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty Service Bulletins Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. Service Bulletins give additional Or write to: technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: Helm, Incorporated needed to knowledgeably service $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and P.O. Box 07130 General Motors cars and trucks. shipping fees. Detroit, MI 48207 Each bulletin contains instructions Without Portfolio: Owner to assist in the diagnosis and Manual only. Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring service of the vehicle. RETAIL SELL PRICE: obligation. Allow ample time for $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and delivery. shipping fees. All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian Defects problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government Reporting Safety Defects To contact NHTSA, you may call If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline Government defect, notify Transport Canada toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada at a crash or could cause injury or write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 You can also obtain other General Motors. information about motor If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Transport Canada) in a situation like of an EDR is to record, in certain this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: information about the vehicle’s hitting a road obstacle, data that will Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven. assist in understanding how a Chevrolet Customer Assistance For example, the vehicle uses vehicle's systems performed. The Center computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed (English) or 1-800-263-7854 to record such data as: (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: data to help your dealer technician . CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or OnStar® understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, If the vehicle is equipped with an if the vehicle is leased, with the active OnStar system, that system Important: EDR data is recorded may also record data in crash or by the vehicle only if a non-trivial consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or near crash‐like situations. The crash situation occurs; no data is OnStar Terms and Conditions recorded by the EDR under normal similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through provides information on data driving conditions and no personal collection and use and is available data (e.g., name, gender, age, and the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or crash location) is recorded. www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by However, other parties, such as law collects or receives may also be pressing the Q button and enforcement, could combine the used for GM research needs or may EDR data with the type of be made available to others for speaking to an advisor. See OnStar personally identifying data routinely research purposes, where a need is Overview on page 14‑1 for more acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a information. investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Navigation System Radio Frequency If the vehicle has a navigation Statement system, use of the system may This vehicle has systems that result in the storage of destinations, operate on a radio frequency that addresses, telephone numbers, and comply with Part 15 of the Federal other trip information. Refer to the Communications Commission (FCC) navigation manual for information on rules and with Industry Canada stored data and for deletion Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. instructions. Operation is subject to the following Radio Frequency two conditions: Identification (RFID) 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire 2. The device must accept any pressure monitoring and ignition interference received, including system security, as well as in interference that may cause connection with conveniences such undesired operation of the as key fobs for remote door locking/ device. unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment. personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is OnStar next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Services . Red: Indicates a problem. Emergency ...... 14-2 Security ...... 14-2 Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an Connections ...... 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push X to: for Emergency, Security, Navigation, OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Additional Services. or answer an incoming call. Information ...... 14-5 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands. Requires the available Directions and Connections service plan.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Push Q to connect to a live OnStar Services Navigation Advisor to: OnStar navigation requires the . Verify account information or Emergency Directions and Connections update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Get driving directions. Requires the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions or the available Directions and connect to help in a crash even if have them sent to the vehicle Connections service plan. you cannot ask for it. navigation screen. Destinations can . Receive On-Demand Push ] to connect to an also be forwarded to the vehicle Diagnostics for a check on the Emergency Advisor. GPS from Google Maps™ or vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar mapping database is continuously . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle location and can provide critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for Push ] to get a priority connection personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. to an Emergency Advisor available trained to offer critical assistance in Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation 24/7 to: emergency situations. Q . Get help for an emergency. 1. Push to connect to a live Security Advisor. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition . Get crisis assistance and 3. Directions are downloaded to the Block, and Roadside Assistance, evacuation routes. vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to their with the last direction given, then ™ “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: Push 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination Q, then request the Advisor to “OK, route canceled.” download directions to the 1. Push X. System responds: 3. Say Goodbye. Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “ ” OnStar ready, then a tone. commands. “ ” After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to Route Preview System responds with miles to begin driving directions. 1. Push X. System responds: the destination, then responds Destinations can also be “OnStar ready,” then a tone. with “OnStar ready,” then a tone. downloaded on the go. For information about eNav, Destination 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. Download, and coverage maps visit responds with the next three www.onstar.com. maneuvers. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Connections End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored Number OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows Push X. System responds: “Call calls to be made and received from ended.” 1. Push X. System responds: the vehicle. The vehicle can also be “OnStar ready.” controlled from a cell phone through Store a Name Tag for Speed the OnStar mobile app. See Dialing 2. Say “Call .” System www.onstar.com for coverage maps. responds: “OK, calling 1. Push X. System responds: .” Hands-Free Calling “OnStar ready.” Verify Minutes and Expiration 1. Push X. System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds: Please say the number you Push X and say “minutes” then “OnStar ready.” “ would like to store.” “verify” to check how many minutes 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: 3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date. “Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: to call.” OnStar Mobile App “Please say the name tag.” 3. Say the entire number without With an iPhone® or 4. Pick a name tag. System pausing, including a “1” and the “ Android™-based mobile device, an area code. System responds: responds: ”About to store . Does that sound OK? “OK calling.” ” downloaded. The vehicle can be 5. Say Yes or No to try again. remote started, if equipped, or the Retrieve My Number “ ” “ ” System responds: “OK, storing doors can be unlocked from anywhere there is cell phone 1. Push X. System responds: .” service. It can also check the fuel OnStar ready. “ ” level, tire pressure, and oil life. 2. Say “My Number.” System It can connect to an OnStar Advisor responds: “Your OnStar anytime. For OnStar mobile app Hands-Free Calling number is.” compatibility or further information,

Information Provided by:Provided Information see www.onstar.com. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, major vehicle systems. It also Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and an more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and information. conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada); Reactivation for Subsequent contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Owners (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY Push Q and follow the prompts to 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push Q to speak to an Advisor as soon as speak with an Advisor. OnStar possible after acquiring the vehicle. services require a vehicle electrical The Advisor will update vehicle system, wireless service, and GPS records and will explain the OnStar satellite technologies to be available service offers and options available. and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users your vehicle is in a place where page 13 17 for information ‑ OnStar has the ability to OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal communicate to the deaf, wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC) hard of hearing, or speech impaired in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada ‐ ‐ ‐ customers while in the vehicle. The service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. available dealer installed TTY network capacity, reception, and ‐ system can provide in-vehicle technology compatible with OnStar s Services for People with ’ access to all of the OnStar services, service. Service involving location Disabilities except Virtual Advisor and OnStar information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Onstar.com compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar service may not Push Q for help with: The website provides access to work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages the . Locating a gas station with an OnStar subscription, and allows properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. properly maintained. If equipment or viewing of videos of each service. software is added, connected, . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Get subscription plan pricing and or modified, OnStar service may not that meets accessibility needs. sign up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the “My work. Other problems beyond . Providing directions to the Account” tab on the home page. OnStar’s control may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or . Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an current number. open area. Global Positioning Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas Avoid placing items over or near the OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can warranted as part of the new-vehicle occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular limited warranty. The manufacturer buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular of the vehicle furnishes detailed around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to warranty information. underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle. garages; or in an area with very Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system respond in French or Spanish. Push should still operate to call Q and ask an Advisor. Advisors OnStar. However, OnStar could can speak French or Spanish. have difficulty identifying the exact location.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Unable to Connect to OnStar Add-on Electrical Equipment Privacy Message The OnStar system is integrated The complete OnStar Privacy If there is limited cellular coverage into the electrical architecture of the Statement may be found at or the cellular network has reached vehicle. Do not add any electrical www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive maximum capacity, this message equipment. See Add-On Electrical users of wireless communications may come on. Push Q to try the Equipment on page 9‑63. Added are cautioned that the privacy of any call again or try again after driving a electrical equipment may interfere information sent via wireless cellular few miles into another cellular area. with the operation of the OnStar communications cannot be assured. system and cause it to not operate. Third parties may unlawfully Vehicle and Power Issues intercept or access transmissions and private communications without OnStar services require a vehicle consent. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Appearance Care What Will You See after an Exterior ...... 10-81 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-26 Interior ...... 10-84 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Assistance Program, Accessory Power ...... 9-25 Inflate? ...... 3-24 Roadside ...... 13-6 Add-On Electrical Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-23 Audio Players ...... 7-24 Equipment ...... 9-63 Airbags CD ...... 7-24 Additional Information, Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-13 MP3 ...... 7-27 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Readiness Light ...... 5-13 Audio System Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped Radio Reception ...... 7-23 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-5 Vehicles ...... 3-32 Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-34 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14 System Check ...... 3-21 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Air Conditioning ...... 8-3 Alarm System Automatic Air Filter, Passenger Anti-theft ...... 2-13 Climate Control System ...... 8-3 Compartment ...... 8-6 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-26, 9-33 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Air Vents ...... 8-5 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-14, 7-16 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-29 Airbag Antenna Fluid ...... 10-13 Adding Equipment to the Multi-band ...... 7-23 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Vehicle ...... 3-33 Anti-theft Shift Lock Control Airbag System Alarm System ...... 2-13 Function Check ...... 10-27 Check ...... 3-34 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-32 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-28 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake Restrain? ...... 3-26 System (ABS) ...... 9-33 Passenger Sensing Warning Light ...... 5-18 System ...... 3-28 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 3-26 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont.) Cargo Headlamps, Front Turn Cover ...... 4-2 Battery ...... 10-26 Signal, Sidemarker, and Tie-Downs ...... 4-2 Jump Starting ...... 10-74 Parking Lamps ...... 10-33 Cautions, Danger, and Load Management ...... 6-5 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-35 Warnings ...... iv Voltage and Charging Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD Player ...... 7-24 Messages ...... 5-27 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Center Console Storage ...... 4-1 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29 and Backup Lamps ...... 10-34 Chains, Tire ...... 10-63 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 2-16 Buying New Tires ...... 10-58 Charging System Light ...... 5-14 Bluetooth ...... 7-36, 7-38, 7-42 Check Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-17 Engine Light ...... 5-15 Brakes ...... 10-23 C Ignition Antilock ...... 9-33 Calibration ...... 5-5 Transmission Lock ...... 10-28 Assist ...... 9-35 California Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-24 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-52 Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-34 Perchlorate Materials Children ...... 3-37 System Messages ...... 5-28 Requirements ...... 10-3 Lower Anchors and Braking ...... 9-4 Warning ...... 10-3 Tethers for Children ...... 3-43 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-21 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-45 Older Children ...... 3-35 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Securing ...... 3-50, 3-52 Fog Lamps ...... 10-34, 6-4 Capacities and Systems ...... 3-39 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Specifications ...... 12-2 Cleaning Headlamps ...... 10-32 Carbon Monoxide Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Exterior Care ...... 10-81 Liftgate ...... 2-9, 2-10 Interior Care ...... 10-84 Winter Driving ...... 9-13

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Door Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Light ...... 5-23 Ajar Messages ...... 5-28 Automatic ...... 8-3 Messages ...... 5-28 Locks ...... 2-7 Heating ...... 8-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Power Locks ...... 2-7 Clock ...... 5-6 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-9 Offices ...... 13-3 Drive Systems Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10 Text Telephone (TTY) All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-26, 9-33 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-73 Users ...... 13-4 Driver Information Compass ...... 5-5 Customer Information Center (DIC) ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-28 Service Publications Driving Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Ordering Information ...... 13-13 Characteristics and Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Customer Satisfaction Towing Tips ...... 9-57 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Procedure ...... 13-1 Defensive ...... 9-3 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Drunk ...... 9-3 Coolant D For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-26 Engine ...... 10-17 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Engine Temperature Danger, Warnings, and Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-12 Gauge ...... 5-11 Cautions ...... iv If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-15 Cooling System ...... 10-15 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-15 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Messages ...... 5-29 Daytime Running Off-Road ...... 9-6 Courtesy Transportation Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Program ...... 13-9 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-16 Cover Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-28 Wet Roads ...... 9-11 Cargo ...... 4-2 Diagnostics, OnStar® ...... 14-5 Winter ...... 9-13 Engine ...... 10-10 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Dome Lamps ...... 6-4 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

E Engine (cont.) Floor Mats ...... 10-86 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Fluid E85 Fuel ...... 9-53 Exhaust ...... 9-28 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13 ECO Button ...... 9-32 Overheating ...... 10-20 Brakes ...... 10-24 Economy Mode Power Messages ...... 5-30 Power Steering ...... 10-22 Fuel ...... 9-32 Pressure Light ...... 5-21 Washer ...... 10-23 Electrical Equipment, Running While Parked ...... 9-29 Fog Lamps Add-On ...... 9-63 Starting ...... 9-24 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34, 6-4 Electrical System Engine Oil Forward Collision Alert Engine Compartment Life System ...... 10-12 (FCA) Warning Light ...... 5-19 Fuse Block ...... 10-37 Messages ...... 5-29 Front Fog Lamp Fuses ...... 10-36 Entry Lighting ...... 6-5 Light ...... 5-23 Instrument Panel Fuse Equipment, Towing ...... 9-62 Front Seats Block ...... 10-40 ® Event Data Recorders ...... 13-15 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Emergency, OnStar ...... 14-2 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-19 Heated ...... 3-9 Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-51 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-14 Additives ...... 9-52 Check and Service Engine E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-53 Soon Light ...... 5-15 F Economy Light ...... 5-22 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Features Filling a Portable Fuel Coolant ...... 10-17 Memory ...... 1-10 Container ...... 9-56 Coolant Heater ...... 9-25 Filter, Filling the Tank ...... 9-54 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-14 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-52 Gauge ...... 5-11 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-51 Cooling System ...... 10-15 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-3 Gauge ...... 5-10 Cooling System Messages . . .5-29 Flat Tire ...... 10-64 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-22 Cover ...... 10-10 Changing ...... 10-65 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fuel (cont.) General Information Heater Recommended ...... 9-51 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Engine Coolant ...... 9-25 Requirements, California . . . . .9-52 Towing ...... 9-56 Heating and Air System Messages ...... 5-30 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Conditioning ...... 8-1, 8-3 Fuel Economy Glove Box ...... 4-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 Driving ...... 1-26 GM Mobility Reimbursement Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-32 Program ...... 13-6 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-12 Fuses ...... 10-36 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-35 Engine Compartment H Hood ...... 10-5 Fuse Block ...... 10-37 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-3 Horn ...... 5-3 Instrument Panel Fuse Head Restraints ...... 3-2 How to Wear Safety Belts Block ...... 10-40 Headlamps Properly ...... 3-13 Aiming ...... 10-30 G Automatic ...... 6-3 I Gasoline Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Ignition Positions ...... 9-21 Specifications ...... 9-51 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock Gauges Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Check ...... 10-28 Engine Coolant Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Temperature ...... 5-11 Headlamps, Front Turn Infants and Young Children, Fuel ...... 5-10 Signal, Sidemarker, and Restraints ...... 3-37 Odometer ...... 5-10 Parking Lamps ...... 10-33 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Speedometer ...... 5-10 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-23 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Tachometer ...... 5-10 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Instrument Panel Warning Lights and Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-23 Storage Area ...... 4-1 Indicators ...... 5-8 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 Introduction ...... iii Heated Mirrors ...... 2-16 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

J LATCH System Lights (cont.) Replacing Parts after a High-Beam On ...... 5-23 Jump Starting ...... 10-74 Crash ...... 3-49 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Lane Departure Warning ...... 5-18 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-43 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-22 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-30 Liftgate Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-12 Keyless Entry Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-9, 2-10 Security ...... 5-22 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Light Tire Pressure ...... 5-21 Keys ...... 2-2 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-20 Traction Control System Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-20 L Entry ...... 6-5 Traction Off ...... 5-19 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-43 Illumination Control ...... 6-4 Locks Lamps Lights Door ...... 2-7 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-13 Power Door ...... 2-7 Dome ...... 6-4 Antilock Brake System Safety ...... 2-8 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-18 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 License Plate ...... 10-35 Brake System Warning ...... 5-17 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-22 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-15 Charging System ...... 5-14 Lower Anchors and Tethers On Reminder ...... 5-23 Cruise Control ...... 5-23 for Children (LATCH Reading ...... 6-5 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-21 System) ...... 3-43 Lane Departure Warning ...... 9-48 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Lane Departure Warning Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-23 Front Seats ...... 3-5 Light ...... 5-18 Fuel Economy ...... 5-22 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

M Messages (cont.) N Object Detection System . . . . .5-30 Maintenance Navigation Ride Control System ...... 5-31 Records ...... 11-15 Vehicle Data Recording Safety Belt ...... 5-32 Maintenance Schedule and Privacy ...... 13-17 Service Vehicle ...... 5-33 Recommended Fluids Navigation, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Tire ...... 5-33 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Net, Convenience ...... 4-2 Transmission ...... 5-33 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-21 Vehicle ...... 5-27 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-34 Memory Features ...... 1-10 Mirrors O Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Automatic Dimming Object Detection System Messages Rearview ...... 2-18 Messages ...... 5-30 Airbag System ...... 5-32 Blind Spot ...... 2-16 Odometer ...... 5-10 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-32 Convex ...... 2-15 Off-Road ...... 9-6 Battery Voltage and Heated ...... 2-16 Driving ...... 9-6 Charging ...... 5-27 Manual Rearview ...... 2-17 Recovery ...... 9-5 Brake System ...... 5-28 Park Tilt ...... 2-17 Oil Compass ...... 5-28 Power ...... 2-15 Engine ...... 10-10 Door Ajar ...... 5-28 Monitor System, Tire Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-29 Pressure ...... 10-51 Messages ...... 5-29 Engine Oil ...... 5-29 MP3 ...... 7-27 Pressure Light ...... 5-21 Engine Power ...... 5-30 Multi-band Antenna ...... 7-23 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-35 Fuel System ...... 5-30 Online Owner Center ...... 13-5 Key and Lock ...... 5-30

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

OnStar® Parking Pregnancy, Using Safety Additional Information ...... 14-5 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-43 Belts ...... 3-18 Connections ...... 14-4 Brake ...... 9-34 Privacy Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Brake and P (Park) Radio Frequency Emergency ...... 14-2 Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 Navigation ...... 14-2 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-28 Program Overview ...... 14-1 Passenger Airbag Status Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-9 Security ...... 14-2 Indicator ...... 5-13 Proposition 65 Warning, OnStar® System ...... 1-27 Passenger Compartment Air California ...... 10-3 Operation, Infotainment Filter ...... 8-6 System ...... 7-10 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-28 R Ordering Perchlorate Materials Radio Frequency Service Publications ...... 13-13 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 Outlets Personalization Statement ...... 13-17 Power ...... 5-7 Vehicle ...... 5-34 Radios Overheating, Engine ...... 10-20 Phone AM-FM Radio ...... 7-14, 7-16 Overview, Infotainment Bluetooth ...... 7-36, 7-38, 7-42 Reception ...... 7-23 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Power ® Satellite ...... 7-19 Overview, OnStar ...... 14-1 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Mirrors ...... 2-15 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) P Outlets ...... 5-7 System ...... 7-34 Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-25 Rear Seat Entertainment System Shifting into ...... 9-26 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-34 Shifting out of ...... 9-27 Steering Fluid ...... 10-22 Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Windows ...... 2-19

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-45 Replacing Safety Belt S Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Rearview Mirror Reporting Safety Defects Care ...... 3-20 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-18 Canadian Government ...... 13-14 Extender ...... 3-19 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-17 General Motors ...... 13-15 How to Wear Safety Belts Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 U.S. Government ...... 13-14 Properly ...... 3-13 Recommended Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15 Fuel ...... 9-51 Where to Put ...... 3-41 Messages ...... 5-32 Recommended Fluids and Retained Accessory Reminders ...... 5-12 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Power (RAP) ...... 9-25 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-20 Records Ride Control Systems Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-18 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Messages ...... 5-31 Safety Defects Reporting Recreational Vehicle Roads Canadian Government ...... 13-14 Towing ...... 10-78 Driving, Wet ...... 9-11 General Motors ...... 13-15 Reimbursement Program, Roadside Assistance U.S. Government ...... 13-14 GM Mobility ...... 13-6 Program ...... 13-6 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof Safety System Check ...... 3-19 System ...... 2-3 Sunroof ...... 2-21 Satellite Radio ...... 7-19 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-8 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-56 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 Seats Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Airbags ...... 3-34 Running the Vehicle While Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Parked ...... 9-29 Heated Front ...... 3-9 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-34 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Replacing LATCH System Memory ...... 3-7 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-49

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Seats (cont.) Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-32 Starting the Engine ...... 9-24 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function Steering ...... 9-4 Rear ...... 3-10 Check, Automatic Fluid, Power ...... 10-22 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 Transmission ...... 10-27 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Securing Child Shifting Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Restraints ...... 3-50, 3-52 Into Park ...... 9-26 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Security Out of Park ...... 9-27 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Light ...... 5-22 Sidemarker Storage Areas Vehicle ...... 2-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Security, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Signals, Turn and Center Console ...... 4-1 Service Lane-Change ...... 6-3 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Accessories and Spare Tire Glove Box ...... 4-1 Modifications ...... 10-3 Compact ...... 10-73 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Specifications and Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-15 Capacities ...... 12-2 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-15 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Speedometer ...... 5-10 Sun Visors ...... 2-20 Maintenance, General StabiliTrak Sunroof ...... 2-21 Information ...... 11-1 OFF Light ...... 5-20 Symbols ...... iv Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 System ...... 9-37 System Publications Ordering Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-35 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Information ...... 13-13 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Roof Rack ...... 4-2 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-33

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

T Tires (cont.) Trailer Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-63 Tachometer ...... 5-10 Terminology and Trailer Towing ...... 9-60 Taillamps Definitions ...... 10-46 Transmission Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Uniform Tire Quality Automatic ...... 9-29 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Grading ...... 10-60 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-13 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-14 Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages ...... 5-33 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Balance ...... 10-62 Transportation Program, Time ...... 5-6 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-62 Courtesy ...... 13-9 Tires When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change Buying New Tires ...... 10-58 Tires ...... 10-57 Signals ...... 6-3 Chains ...... 10-63 Towing Turn Signal Changing ...... 10-65 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-57 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Compact Spare ...... 10-73 Equipment ...... 9-62 Designations ...... 10-46 General Information ...... 9-56 Different Size ...... 10-60 U Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-78 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-43 Trailer ...... 9-60 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-53 Uniform Tire Quality Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-63 Inspection ...... 10-56 Grading ...... 10-60 Vehicle ...... 10-77 Messages ...... 5-33 Using This Manual ...... iv Traction Pressure Light ...... 5-21 Control System (TCS) ...... 9-35 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51 Control System (TCS)/ Rotation ...... 10-56 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-20 Off Light ...... 5-19

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

V W When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-57 Vehicle Warning Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-41 Canadian Owners ...... iii Brake System Light ...... 5-17 Windows ...... 2-18 Control ...... 9-4 Warning Light Power ...... 2-19 Identification Forward Collision Windshield Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Alert (FCA) ...... 5-19 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Load Limits ...... 9-16 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Winter Messages ...... 5-27 Indicators ...... 5-8 Driving ...... 9-13 Personalization ...... 5-34 Warnings ...... iv Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29 Reminder Messages ...... 5-34 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Wipers Remote Start ...... 2-5 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-3 Rear Washer ...... 5-5 Security ...... 2-13 Washer Fluid ...... 10-23 Towing ...... 10-77 Wheels Vehicle Care Alignment and Tire Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 Balance ...... 10-62 Vehicle Identification Different Size ...... 10-60 Service Parts Identification Replacement ...... 10-62 Label ...... 12-1 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-5 Visors ...... 2-20

Information Provided by:Provided Information